diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'app-text')
| -rw-r--r-- | app-text/jabref/README | 5 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | app-text/jabref/bibliograpy | 11979 |
2 files changed, 11984 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/app-text/jabref/README b/app-text/jabref/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa85c2f --- /dev/null +++ b/app-text/jabref/README @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +http://bugs.gentoo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=181086#c1 + +"Here is a bibliography which is quite big and stress tests Jabref a little bit. + Edit some entries, create new ones and so on. Don't wonder about LaTeX like +entries. " diff --git a/app-text/jabref/bibliograpy b/app-text/jabref/bibliograpy new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e5b576 --- /dev/null +++ b/app-text/jabref/bibliograpy @@ -0,0 +1,11979 @@ +This file was created with JabRef 1.7. +Encoding: ISO-8859-15 + +@STRING{beiprogramm = {{\TeX}-Beiprogramm}} + +@STRING{bretter = {Bretter, die die Welt bedeuten}} + +@STRING{dtk = {{D}ie {\TeX}nische {K}om{\"o}die}} + +@STRING{editorial = {Editorial}} + +@STRING{fremdebuehne = {Von fremden B{\"u}hnen}} + +@STRING{fundus = {Aus dem Fundus}} + +@STRING{hinterbuehne = {Hinter der B{\"u}hne}} + +@STRING{leserbrief = {Leserbrief(e)}} + +@STRING{magazin = {Magazin}} + +@STRING{rezension = {Rezensionen}} + +@STRING{schonimmer = {Was Sie schon immer {\"u}ber {\TeX} wissen wollten \dots}} + +@STRING{theaterkasse = {Von der Theaterkasse}} + +@STRING{theatertage = {{\TeX}-Theatertage}} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:latex3-projekt-team:news, + author = {\LaTeX3-Projekt-Team}, + title = {News from {\LaTeX}3}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {32--34}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:alighieri:goettliche, + author = {Dante Alighieri}, + title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {1/91}, + pages = {30--31}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#magazin#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:alighieri:goettliche, + author = {Dante Alighieri}, + title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {38}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#magazin#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:alighieri:goettliche, + author = {Dante Alighieri}, + title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {46}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#magazin#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:alighieri:goettliche, + author = {Dante Alighieri}, + title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {41}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#magazin#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:alighieri:goettliche, + author = {Dante Alighieri}, + title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {46--47}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:alighieri:goettliche, + author = {Dante Alighieri}, + title = {Die g{\"o}ttliche {K}om{\"o}die}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {32}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#magazin#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:astheimer:bemerkung, + author = {Henning Astheimer}, + title = {Bemerkung zu den {S}ervern}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {3/91}, + pages = {44--45}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:baas:tex-makros, + author = {Michael Baas}, + title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {34--40}, + month = jul, + abstract = {Anhand eines konkreten Beispiels, {\"u}ber dessen praktische Zul{\"a}ssigkeit die + {\glqq}Fundis{\grqq} unter den {\TeX}-Anwendern sicherlich hei{\ss}e + Diskussionen f{\"u}hren k{\"o}nnten, wird das Problem aufgezeigt, einen + allgemeinen {\glqq}Definitionsmechanismus{\grqq} f{\"u}r Makros zu + entwickeln. Es werden schlie{\ss}lich drei Makros entwickelt, die es in + verschiedenen Varianten erlauben, beliebige Zeichen als Makro zu definieren.}, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:baas:briefe, + author = {Michael Baas}, + title = {Briefe mit {\LaTeX} -- {E}in {\"U}berblick}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {3/91}, + pages = {37--40}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Briefe, Dinbriefe}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:barth.steiner:deutsche, + author = {Wilhelm Barth and Helmut Steiner}, + title = {Deutsche {S}ilbentrennung f{\"u}r {\TeX} 3.1}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {33--35}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Silbentrennung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:barthelmann:zaehler, + author = {Klaus Barthelmann}, + title = {Z{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {13--19}, + month = jul, + abstract = {Angenommen, Sie m{\"o}chten die Dokumentenklasse \texttt{report} + verwenden und ihre Fu{\ss}noten fortlaufend durch den gesamten Text + numerieren. Sie bemerken aber, da{\ss} die Z{\"a}hlung in jedem Kapitel + neu beginnt. Was tun? Die saubere und einfache L{\"o}sung besteht + darin, \texttt{report.cls} zu kopieren, umzubenennen und die Zeile + \verb+\@addtoreset{footnote}{chapter}+ zu streichen. Nat{\"u}rlich k{\"o}nnen dann noch weitere + Anpassungen vorgenommen werden. Die unsaubere L{\"o}sung dagegen erfodert, + die Wirkung dieser Zeile nachtr{\"a}glich aufzuheben. Sie greift in + {\LaTeXe}-Interna ein und lehrt uns etwas {\"u}ber Listenverarbeitung in {\TeX}.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Z{\"a}hler, Listenverarbeitung, Mouth, Stommach, Makro}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:bauhaus:gedanken, + author = {Georg Bauhaus}, + title = {Gedanken zu {G}edanken zu {G}edankenstrichen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {48--50}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:baumert:katzenbeisser, + author = {Uwe Baumert}, + title = {Katzenbeisser, {"`V}on der {I}dee zum {D}okument -- {E}inf{\"u}hrung in {\TeX} und {\LaTeX"'}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {53--55}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, + reference = {Stefan Katzenbeisser: \emph{Von der Idee zum Dokument -- + Eine Einf{\"u}hrung in \TeX\ und \LaTeX}\\ R. Oldenbourg Verlag, + M{\"u}nchen, 2. Auflage 1997;\\ ISBN 3-486-24182-6\\ 230 Seiten, 69,00~DM}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:baumert:mit, + author = {Uwe Baumert}, + title = {"`Mit {\LaTeXe} wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten erstellen"' von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther {(Hg.)}/{T}horsten {Z}ilm}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {34--37}, + month = dec, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:bayer:bericht, + author = {Georg Bayer}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {36}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {VM}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:bayer:bericht, + author = {Georg Bayer}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VM}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {39}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {VM}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:becker:devanangi-fonts, + author = {Joachim U. Becker}, + title = {Devanangi-{F}onts f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {44-45}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Devangangi, Fonts, Schriften}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:beeton:michael, + author = {Barbara Beeton}, + title = {Michael John Downes}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {27}, + month = may, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:beitz:darstellung, + author = {Eric Beitz}, + title = {Darstellung von Membranprotein-Topologien mit dem {\TeX}topo-Paket}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {3/00}, + pages = {36--}, + month = sep, + abstract = {Wie zahlreiche Reaktionen auf das {\TeX}shade-Paket + f{\"u}r Nukleotid- und Pro\-teinsequenzvergleiche (DTK4/99) zeigen, + findet {\TeX} auch unter Bio\-wissen\-schaftlern seine Anwender. Nun + ist das n{\"a}chste {\TeX}-Makropaket f{\"u}r diesen Nutzerkreis + fertig gestellt. {\TeX}topo{} verarbeitet Daten zur Topologie von + Mem\-branproteinen und stellt sie schematisch dar. Dabei arbeitet es eng + mit oben genanntem {\TeX}shade{}-Paket zusammen, um automatisierte + Schattierungen zu erm{\"o}glichen. Beide Pakete zusammen genommen bilden den + Ausgangspunkt des Bio\TeX-Projekts, das ausgereifte {\TeX}-Makros + f{\"u}r Biochemiker/(Moleku\-lar-)Biologen zur Verf{\"u}gung stellen + will. Online-Dokumentationen und weitere Informationen finden sich + unter der URL \texttt{http://homepages.uni-tuebingen.de/beitz}. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:beitz:texshade-paket, + author = {Eric Beitz}, + title = {Das \texttt{texshade}-Paket: Setzen von Nukleotid- und Protein\textsl{alignments}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {37--43}, + month = nov, + abstract = {Das \emph{naturwissenschaftliche} Satzprogramm {\TeX} hat sich aufgrund der + M{\"o}glichkeiten im Formelsatz bisher haupts{\"a}chlich in mathematisch + orientierten Fachrichtungen etabliert. Unter Biowissenschaftlern scheint es + dagegen nicht sehr verbreitet zu sein. Doch eignet sich {\TeX} als + Makrosprache hervorragend zur Darstellung und Schattierung von DNA- + oder Proteinsequenzvergleichen, sogenannten \emph{Alignments}. Das + {\TeX}shade{}-Paket wurde entwickelt, um bei einfachster Handhabung + Sequenzvergleiche flexibel und aussagekr{\"a}ftig zu gestalten. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:benischke:huellen, + author = {Florian Benischke}, + title = {H{\"u}llen f{\"u}r Musikkassetten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {41--43}, + month = oct, + abstract = {Mit Hilfe von \texttt{mceinleger.sty} lassen sich H{\"u}llen und Einleger für Musikkassetten + erstellen. Dieser Artikel soll dieses Paket vorstellen und seine Benutzung + erleichtern. Unter "`H{\"u}lle"' wird in diesem Zusammenhang eine Einlage + für Musikkassetten verstanden, die aus einer Vorder-, Schmal- und + R{\"u}ckseite besteht, ein "`Einleger"' umfasst zus{\"a}tzlich noch + eine einklappbare Seite, die an die Vorderseite anschlie{\ss}t. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:bernloehr:viewdvi, + author = {Konrad Bernl{\"o}hr}, + title = {{VIEWDVI} -- ein leistungsf{\"a}higer {P}reviewer f{\"u}r {P}ersonal {C}omputer}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {1/91}, + pages = {20--23}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Previewer, VIEWDVI}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:beuermann:erstellung, + author = {Sascha Beuermann}, + title = {Erstellung von leistungsf{\"a}higen PDF-Dokumenten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {1/02}, + month = mar, + abstract = { In diesem Artikel werden die M{\"o}glichkeiten aufgezeigt, die die Pakete + \texttt{hyperref} und \texttt{thumbpdf} bieten, um mit Hilfe von {\LaTeX}\ + leistungsf{\"a}hige Dokumente im Portable Document Format (PDF) zu + erstellen. Dabei wird insbesondere auf das Erzeugen von Lesezeichen + (Bookmarks), auf PDF-spezifische Anzeigeoptionen sowie auf das Anlegen von + Hypertext-Strukturen mit Hilfe des Pakets \texttt{hyperref} und auf die + Generierung der Seitenvorschau (Piktogramme oder Thumbnails) mit + dem Paket \texttt{thumbpdf} eingegangen. Abschlie{\ss}end wird die + Linearisierung und Verschl{\"u}sselung von PDF-Dokumenten behandelt. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:birkhahn:gegendarstellung, + author = {Lutz Birkhahn}, + title = {Gegendarstellung zum {A}rtikel {\glqq}{A}miga und {\TeX}{\grqq}. 1/1993}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {2/93}, + pages = {56--59}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Amiga, cs\TeX, Atari, Gegendarstellung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht, + author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}tari}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {55}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Atari}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:birkhahn.lindner:bericht, + author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {32--33}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Atari}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:birkhahn.lindner:bericht, + author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}tari}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {33--34}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Atari}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:birkhahn.lindner:tex, + author = {Lutz Birkhahn and Stefan Lindner}, + title = {{\TeX} auf dem {A}tari {ST}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {40--43}, + month = dec, + abstract = {Das folgende ist ein stichpunktartiger + Bericht {\"u}ber den Status des {\TeX}-Systems auf dem Atari ST.}, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Atari}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:bearbeitung, + author = {Thomas Birnthaler}, + title = {Bearbeitung mehrteiliger {\LaTeX}-{D}okumente mit \texttt{TEXPART.BAT}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {32--34}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {mehrteilige Dokumente}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:setzen, + author = {Thomas Birnthaler}, + title = {Setzen von {R}egeln mit \texttt{regel.sty}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {24--27}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Regelsatz,}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:birnthaler:struktogramme, + author = {Thomas Birnthaler}, + title = {Struktogramme setzen mit \texttt{strukto.sty}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {27--32}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Struktogramme}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:bleser.lang:bilder, + author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang}, + title = {Bilder in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {18--24}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, \verb|picins.sty|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:bleser.lang:balkendiagramme, + author = {Joachim Bleser and Edmund Lang}, + title = {Balkendiagramme in {\LaTeX}-{D}okumenten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {28--33}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Balkendiagramme, Grafik, \verb|bar.sty|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:bode:bibtex-style-files, + author = {Hans-Hermann Bode}, + title = {Neue {\BibTeX}-{S}tyle-{F}iles: die \emph{adaptable family}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {31--41}, + month = aug, + abstract = {Es wird eine neue Familie von + \BibTeX{}-Style-Files vorgestellt, die von den Standard-Style-Files + abgeleitet ist und sich durch nachtr{\"a}gliche Anpa{\ss}barkeit + von Layout und F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern seitens des Benutzers oder der + Benutzerin auszeichnet. Das Paket umfa{\ss}t neben den eigentlichen + Stil-Dateien mit Definitionen, die automatisch eine englische oder + deutsche Bibliographie mit ausgeschriebenen oder abgek{\"u}rzten + F{\"u}llw{\"o}rtern erzeugen und au{\ss}erdem die volle Kompatibilit{\"a}t + bestehender \BibTeX{}-Datenbanken zu den neuen Stilen sowie umgekehrt die + Vertr{\"a}glichkeit neuer Datenbanken zu den alten Stilen herstellen.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {BibTeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:bogdol:latex, + author = {Blandyna Bogdol}, + title = {{\LaTeX} ist auch weiblich}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {24--27}, + month = nov, + abstract = { Ein {\LaTeX}-Kurs nur f{\"u}r Frauen? Und das noch + w{\"a}hrend des Urlaubs? Kann so was Spa{\ss} machen? Wie kann so ein Kurs + aufgebaut werden? Lesen Sie in diesem Artikel, wie acht Frauen sich + eine Woche lang nur mit dem Thema {\LaTeX} besch{\"a}ftigt haben. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk04.3:bogdol.faulhammer:roland, + author = {Blandyna Bogdol and Christian Faulhammer}, + title = {"`\LaTeX{} echt einfach"' von Roland Willms (3. Auflage)}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2004}, + volume = {3/04}, + pages = {57--62}, + month = nov, + abstract = {Roland Willms schrieb ein Buch + unter dem viel versprechenenden Titel "`\LaTeX{} echt einfach"'. Er + verspricht, \LaTeX{} schnell und ohne Mühe zu erlernen. Ob es mit dem + Buch möglich ist oder doch nicht, zeigt die nachfolgende Rezension.}, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {16}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:borchert, + title = {Das Gesamtwerk}, + publisher = {Rowohlt}, + year = {1998}, + author = {Wolfgang Borchert}, + address = {Hamburg}, + isbn = {3-499-22509-3}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:bratz:beinahe, + author = {Ernst Bratz}, + title = {Beinahe gut -- ein subjektiver {T}est von {S}cientific {W}ord}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {37--38}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension, Word, Scientific Word}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:braun:tex-tagung, + author = {Jan Braun}, + title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld --- Ank{\"u}ndigung und Call for Papers}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {64--65}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {Spielplan}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:braun:tex-tagung, + author = {Jan Braun}, + title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {65}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {Spielplan}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braun:etwas, + author = {Jan Braun}, + title = {{E}in etwas anderer {W}etterbericht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {66-68}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:braun:winword, + author = {Jan Braun}, + title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}, {H}eft 4/94}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {45--48}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braune:bericht, + author = {Klaus Braune}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {U}nix}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {26--27}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {UNIX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:braune:protokoll, + author = {Klaus Braune}, + title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K} {S}oftware-{D}istribution}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {17--18}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:braune:bericht, + author = {Klaus Braune}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {U}nix}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {62}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {UNIX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:braune:bericht, + author = {Klaus Braune}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {53--54}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {UNIX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:braune:bericht, + author = {Klaus Braune}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {UNIX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {58}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {UNIX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:braune:bericht, + author = {Klaus Braune}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {35--36}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {UNIX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:braune:bericht, + author = {Klaus Braune}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {42--43}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:braune:bericht, + author = {Klaus Braune}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {UNIX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {37--38}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {UNIX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:breger:erfahrungen, + author = {Herbert Breger}, + title = {Erfahrungen bei der {A}nwendung von plain-{\TeX} und {E}dmac auf die {L}eibniz-{E}dition}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {4/96}, + pages = {16--22}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Edmac, plain-{\TeX}, Leibniz}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:breitenlohner:bericht, + author = {Peter Breitenlohner}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PubliC\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {52--53}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Public\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:breitenlohner:bericht, + author = {Peter Breitenlohner}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {PC}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {62}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {PC}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:breitenlohner:bericht, + author = {Peter Breitenlohner}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {PC}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {37}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {PC}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:breuer:ftp-server, + author = {Stefan Breuer}, + title = {ftp-{S}erver, {CD-ROM} oder {D}isketten? {D}ie {V}erteilermedien f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {47--49}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, ftp, CD-ROM, Disketten}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:breuer:word, + author = {Stefan Breuer}, + title = {{WORD}, {\TeX} und {A}lcuin}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {44--45}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Word, Alcuin}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:breuer:anmerkungen, + author = {Stefan Breuer}, + title = {Anmerkungen zum \footnote-{B}efehl}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {20--22}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Fu{\ss}noten, Markup}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:breymann:dokumentationen, + author = {Ullrich Breymann}, + title = {Dokumentationen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {37--43}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {C-Programme, Quellcode, Dokumentationen, }, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:bronger:einfaches, + author = {Torsten Bronger}, + title = {Einfaches Setzen von Texten in Fraktur mittels \texttt{blacklettert1}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {52--66}, + month = may, + abstract = { Es gibt mehrere Wege, mit {\LaTeX} einen Text in Fraktur oder Gotisch zu setzen. + Leider ist das stets auf die eine oder andere Art umst{\"a}ndlich. + Das Paket \texttt{blacklettert1} versucht den Zugang zu gebrochenen + Schriften zu erleichtern, indem es sie in der T1-Kodierung bereitstellt. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:brusberg:makeidx, + author = {Oliver Brusberg}, + title = {\emph{MakeIdx} -- ein (anderer) {I}ndexprozessor f{\"u}r {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {30--33}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {MakeIdx, Index}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:burkhard:bericht, + author = {Wener Burkhard}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {L}ehrerfortbildung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {37}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:burkhard:bericht, + author = {Wener Burkhard}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {L}ehrerfortbildung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {40}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Lehrerfortbildung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:burkhard:klassenarbeiten, + author = {Werner Burkhard}, + title = {Klassenarbeiten mit {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {29--32}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Aufgaben, Klassenarbeiten, Klausuren}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:burkhardt:schaubilder, + author = {Werner Burkhardt}, + title = {Schaubilder mathematischer {F}unktionen mit {\PiCTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {22--27}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\PiCTeX, Funktionen, Grafik, Mathematik}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:burr:editorial, + author = {Barbara Burr}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {1/91}, + pages = {3}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:burr:editorial, + author = {Barbara Burr}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {3}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:burr:editorial, + author = {Barbara Burr}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {3}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:burr:schwierigkeiten, + author = {Barbara Burr}, + title = {Schwierigkeiten beim {S}etzen einer {T}abelle}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {35--37}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Tabellensatz}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:burr:editorial, + author = {Barbara Burr}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {3/90}, + pages = {3}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:burr:editorial, + author = {Barbara Burr}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {3}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:burr.kruljac:europaeische, + author = {Barbara Burr and Gabriele Kruljac}, + title = {4.~{E}urop{\"a}ische {\TeX}-{K}onferenz in {K}arlsruhe, 11.--13.~{S}eptember 1989}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {15--17}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:boeke:absaetze, + author = {Henning B{\"o}ke}, + title = {{A}bs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders, {H}eft 2/97}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {37--40}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:christine-detig:bericht, + author = {Christine Detig, Johannes H{\"u}sing, Harald K{\"o}nig}, + title = {Bericht der Kassenpr{\"u}fer}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {10--13}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:creutzig:indexverzeichnisse, + author = {Christopher Creutzig}, + title = {Indexverzeichnisse mit \XINDY\ und \texttt{xindy.sty}~-- eine Einf{\"u}hrung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {3/01}, + pages = {53--60}, + month = sep, + abstract = { Indexverzeichnisse werden beim Arbeiten mit {\TeX}\ + traditionell mit makeindex gesetzt. Dieses Programm hat leider viele + Einschr{\"a}nkungen, die das Erstellen der Indizes kompliziert xindy ist + ein Programm, das einen Teil der Einschr{\"a}nkungen umgeht. Mit + \texttt{xindy.sty} gibt es nun auch eine einigerma{\ss}en komfortable + M{\"o}glichkeit, diese Funktionen direkt aus {\LaTeX}\ heraus zu nutzen. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:creutzig:interlinearuebersetzung, + author = {Christopher Creutzig}, + title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: eine M{\"o}glichkeit}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {27--29}, + month = aug, + abstract = {In \emph{\DTK\,2/1999} stellte Siegfried + Splett das Problem, eine einfach zu verwendende Umgebung f{\"u}r + \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzungen} zu programmieren. Mit einer kleinen + Einschr{\"a}nkung stellt dieser Artikel das Gew{\"u}nschte zur Verf{\"u}gung. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:dafferner:epson-kompatibilitaet, + author = {Andreas Dafferner}, + title = {Epson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t $\neq$ {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {3/90}, + pages = {17--18}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:dafferner:nachtrag, + author = {Andreas Dafferner}, + title = {Nachtrag zum {A}rtikel: \emph{{E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t $\neq$ {E}pson-{K}ompatibilit{\"a}t}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {14}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:dafferner.dietsche.ea:alternative, + author = {Andreas Dafferner and Luzia Dietsche and Bernd Raichle and Volker RW Schaa and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {4/95}, + pages = {43--47}, + month = mar, + abstract = {Vielen Anf{\"a}ngern und Umsteigern von anderen + Textverarbeitungsprogrammen ist die gro{\ss}e Anzahl von Befehlen in + {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} der Haupthinderungsgrund f{\"u}r eine schnelle und + effiziente Einarbeitung. Das hier abgedruckte Glossar soll einen ersten + einfachen Einstieg in die komplexe Befehlsstruktur auf eine leicht + verst{\"a}ndliche Weise erm{\"o}glichen. Bei Bedarf werden weitere + Folgen auf Schwerverst{\"a}ndliches oder Wissenswertes eingehen.}, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Humor, Satire}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dafferner.schoepf:aufenthalt, + author = {Andreas Dafferner and Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Ein {A}ufenthalt in {E}lbflorenz}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {3/91}, + pages = {19--21}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:decker:protokoll, + author = {Herbert F. Decker}, + title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung, {H}eft 1/97}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {41--42}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Mitgliederschwund, Gegenma{\ss}nahmen}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:fraktur, + title = {Kleiner Fraktur-Knigge für den Umgang mit gebrochenen Schriften}, + publisher = {Bund für deutsche Schrift und Sprache}, + year = {2001}, + author = {Gerda Delbanco}, + address = {Ahlhorn}, + edition = {3}, + isbn = {3-930540-15-0}, + comment = {PDF-Version}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:detig, + title = {Der {\LaTeX}-Wegweiser}, + publisher = {mitp Verlag}, + year = {2004}, + author = {Christine Detig}, + address = {Bonn}, + edition = {2}, + month = jun, + isbn = {3-8266-1414-3}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:detig:deutsche, + author = {Christine Detig}, + title = {Deutsche {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {38--40}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#magazin#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:detig:digital, + author = {Christine Detig}, + title = {Digital {T}ypography -- {A}n {I}ntroduction to {T}ype and {C}omposition for {C}omputer {S}ystem {D}esign}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {29--30}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#magazin#}, + keywords = {Typographie, Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:detig.schaa:kassenpruefung, + author = {Christine Detig and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Kassenpr{\"u}fung 1998}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {12--18}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:dietsche:bei, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {\dante{} bei der MNU}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {5--7}, + month = jul, + abstract = {In der Woche vor Ostern fand in + Stuttgart die Tagung MNU\,2000 des Vereins zur F{\"o}rderung des + mathematischen und naturwissenschaftlichen Unterrichts statt, bei der einige + Freiwillige mit einem Stand Werbung f{\"u}r {\TeX} und \dante{} machten. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {4/96}, + pages = {3}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {{E}ditorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {3}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:drucken, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Drucken wie zu {O}mas {Z}eiten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {8}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {Leipzig, Museum, Druckerei, Druckkunst, historisch}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {3}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:dietsche:lesetypographie, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Lesetypographie}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {44--45}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension, weiterf{\"u}hrendes Handbuch, Typograhie allgemein}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:cjk-paket, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket -- {K}orrekturen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {19}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Fehlerbericht, CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, MULE}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {3}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 14.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {5--15}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {3}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {3}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 15.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {6--21}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {3}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 12.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {5--18}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:dietsche:tex, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {{\TeX}: starting from 1}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {43--44}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {2/95}, + pages = {3}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:dietsche:fachwoerterbuch, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Fachw{\"o}rterbuch {K}ommunikationsdesign}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {2/95}, + pages = {46--47}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension, Kommunikationsdesign}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {3}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 13.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {6--20}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {4/95}, + pages = {3}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {3}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 10.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {6--22}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:dietsche:seitenzahlen, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Seitenzahlen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {46--47}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Seitenzahlen, Markup, \verb|\thepage|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {3}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {3}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 11.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}. {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {6--17}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:absatzformen, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Absatzformen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {4/94}, + pages = {28--30}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Absatzformat, \verb|\leftskip|, \verb|\rightskip|, \verb|\parfillskip|, Markup}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {4/94}, + pages = {3}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:dietsche:rechtschreibreform, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Rechtschreibreform}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {4/94}, + pages = {35--36}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Humor, Satire}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:aktive, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Aktive {M}itglieder der letzten {J}ahre}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {23--25}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {3}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:fussnotenvariante, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Fu{\ss}notenvariante}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {50--51}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Markup, Fu{\ss}noten}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 8.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {5--23}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {2/93}, + pages = {3}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:dietsche:kopfzeilen, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Kopfzeilen mal anders}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {2/93}, + pages = {54--55}, + month = sep, + note = {Beispiele zur Abwandlung der Kopfzeilen.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Kopfzeilen, Markup}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {3}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 9.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {7--25}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {3}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:hokuspokus, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Hokuspokus}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {30--37}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:dietsche:verlorengegangene, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Verlorengegangene {TUG}-{M}itglieder}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {6--7}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:anfaengerfragen, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen gesucht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {49}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:bezugsquellen, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Bezugsquellen f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {51}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {3}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 6.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {5--22}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {3}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:blocksatz, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Blocksatz beim {A}bbildungs-/{T}abellentitel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {37--38}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Markup, Blocksatz, Abbildungen, Tabellen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {3}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 7.~{M}itgliederversammlung {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {4--17}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {3}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dietsche:fette, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Fette mathematische {A}kzente}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {35}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Formelsatz, Mathematik}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 4.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachigen {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {1/91}, + pages = {4--11}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:dietsche:hat, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {\dots{} der hat was zu erz{\"a}hlen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {33--34}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {3/91}, + pages = {3}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 5.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {3/91}, + pages = {4--16}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:dietsche:editorial, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {3}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:dietsche:deutsche, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol. 11, {N}o. 1}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {12--15}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 2.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {4--11}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~2}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {11--15}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:deutsche*1, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~3}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {15--20}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:gutenberg90, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {{GUT}enberg{'90} (15.5--17.5)}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {7--9}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:dietsche:tug90, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {{TUG}90 (17.6--20.6)}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {9--10}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 3.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {3/90}, + pages = {4--7}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:dietsche:deutsche, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassungen: {TUG}boat-{A}rtikel {V}ol.~11, {N}o.~5}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {9--13}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:dietsche:deutsche, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Deutsche {K}urzfassung von {A}rtikeln aus einem der n{\"a}chsten {TUGboats}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {21--24}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:dietsche:protokoll, + author = {Luzia Dietsche}, + title = {Protokoll der 1.~ordentlichen {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.{V}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {8--11}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:dilba, + title = {Typographie-Lexikon und Lesebuch für alle}, + publisher = {Selbstverlag}, + year = {2004}, + author = {Eberhard Dilba}, + address = {Düsseldorf}, + edition = {2}, + month = dec, + abstract = {Typographie-Lexikon mit über 800 + Hauptstichwörtern und vielen weiteren Begriffen sowie über 50 Abbildungen}, + comment = {Lexikon.pdf}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, + url = {home.t-online.de/home/eberhard.dilba}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:dippel:latex-seitenlayout, + author = {Joachim Dippel}, + title = {Neues zum {\LaTeX}-{S}eitenlayout: {D}er {O}urhead {S}tyle}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {16--20}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Markup, Seitenlayout, \verb|ourhead.sty|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:diskussionsgruppe-belichter:eigene, + author = {Diskussionsgruppe {\glqq}Belichter{\grqq}, DANTE e.V.}, + title = {Eine eigene {L}ichtsatzanlage f{\"u}r {DANTE} e.V.?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {21--25}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:diverse:offener, + author = {Diverse}, + title = {{O}ffener {B}rief an das {P}r{\"a}sidium von {DANTE} e.{V}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {53--56}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:doll:digitaler, + author = {Tim Doll}, + title = {Digitaler Textsatz, digitale Typographie. Ein {\"U}berblick}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {1/03}, + pages = {14--39}, + month = feb, + abstract = { Ziel dieses Artikels ist + es, einen {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber typographische Entwicklungen im + Arbeitsprozess der digitalen Textproduktion zu verschaffen. Nach einer knappen + historischen {\"U}bersicht werde ich kurz die Entwicklung von Satz- und + Druckverfahren im Zeitungswesen darstellen, dies insbesondere in Hinsicht + auf die Standardausgabeformate \PS{} und Portable Document Format + (PDF) von Adobe Systems. Weiterhin werden mit dem Satzsystem {\TeX}, + dem dazu geh{\"o}rigen Zeichensatzprogramm \MF\ und dem sogenannten + \emph{Desktop Publishing} (\textsc{dtp}) wichtige Entwicklungen im + typographischen Bereich dargestellt. Die Diskussion erfolgt vor allem + mit Blick auf die Frage, inwiefern sich \textsc{dtp}-Autoren und + Mainstream-\textsc{dtp}-Software als "`gute Typographen"' eignen. Als Schlussfolgerung ergibt + sich, dass weder professionelle Methoden noch \textsc{dtp} zu einem + befriedigenden Ergebnis f{\"u}hren, wenn vorausgesetzt wird, dass zu + Gunsten des effizienten digitalen Arbeitsprozesses das menschliche + Beurteilungsverm{\"o}gen typographischer Kriterien vernachl{\"a}ssigt werden kann. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:donath:dokumentation, + author = {Dirk Donath}, + title = {Dokumentation von {HPTOMF}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {3/90}, + pages = {19--22}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {HPTOMF}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:eckermann:ruecktritt, + author = {Matthias Eckermann}, + title = {R{\"u}cktritt}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {68--69}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:eckermann:texnische, + author = {Matthias Eckermann}, + title = {{\TeX}nische {Q}ualen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {40--42}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:eckermann:paralleles, + author = {Matthias Eckermann}, + title = {Paralleles {S}etzen l{\"a}ngerer {T}exte}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {4/94}, + pages = {23--27}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {paralleles Setzen, zweisprachiges Setzen}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:tbt, + title = {{\TeX} by Topic}, + publisher = {Addison Wesley}, + year = {2001}, + author = {Victor Eijkhout}, + month = dec, + isbn = {0-201-56882-9}, + abstract = {To the casual observer, TEX is not a state-of-the-art typesetting system. No flashy + multilevel menus and interactive manipulation of text and graphics dazzle + the onlooker. On a less superficial level, however, TEX is a very + sophisticated program, first of all because of the ingeniousness of its + built-in algorithms for such things as paragraph breaking and make-up of + mathematical formulas, and second because of its almost complete + programmability. The combination of these factors makes it possible for + TEX to realize almost every imaginable layout in a highly automated + fashion. Unfortunately, it also means that TEX has an unusually large + number of commands and parameters, and that programming TEX can be + far from easy. Anyone wanting to program in TEX, and maybe even the + ordinary user, would seem to need two books: a tutorial that gives a + first glimpse of the many nuts and bolts of TEX, and after that a + systematic, complete reference manual. This book tries to fulfil the + latter function. A TEXer who has already made a start (using any of a + number of introductory books on the market) should be able to use this + book indefinitely thereafter. In this volume the universe of TEX is + presented as about forty different subjects, each in a separate chapter. + Each chapter starts out with a list of control sequences relevant to + the topic of that chapter and proceeds to treat the theory of the + topic. Most chapters conclude with remarks and examples. Globally, the + chapters are ordered as follows. The chapters on basic mechanisms + are first, the chapters on text treatment and mathematics are next, + and finally there are some chapters on output and aspects of TEX?s + connections to the outside world. The book also contains a glossary of TEX + commands, tables, and indexes by example, by control sequence, and + by subject. The subject index refers for most concepts to only one + page, where most of the information on that topic can be found, as + well as references to the locations of related information. This + book does not treat any specific TEX macro package. Any parts of + the plain format that are treated are those parts that belong to + the ?core? of plain TEX: they are also present in, for instance, + LATEX. Therefore, most remarks about the plain format are true for + LATEX, as well as most other formats. Putting it differently, if the + text refers to the plain format, this should be taken as a contrast + to pure IniTEX, not to LATEX. By way of illustration, occasionally + macros from plain TEX are explained that do not belong to the core.}, + comment = {PDF-Version}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@MISC{package:comment, + author = {Eijkhout, Victor}, + title = {Selectivly in/exclude pieces of text, version 3.6}, + year = {1999}, + note = {\url{CTAN://macros/latex/contrib/comment/}}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:engelke:dante93, + author = {Stephan Engelke}, + title = {{DANTE}'93 in {C}hemnitz}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {27--31}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:erlmeier:bericht, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {24}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Amiga}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:erlmeier:bericht, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {55}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Amiga}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:erlmeier:bericht, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {43--44}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Amiga}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:erlmeier:bericht, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {A}miga}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {57--58}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Amiga}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:erlmeier:bericht, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {32}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Amiga}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:erlmeier:bericht, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {34--37}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:erlmeier:bericht, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {A}miga}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {31--33}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Amiga}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:erlmeier:mailbox, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Mailbox f{\"u}r {A}miga-{\TeX}-{S}oftware}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {53--56}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Amiga, Mailbox}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:erlmeier:amiga-news, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Amiga-{N}ews}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {53--54}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:erlmeier:rund, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Rund um den {A}miga}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {40--43}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Amiga\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:erlmeier:software-verteilung, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Software-{V}erteilung {A}miga}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {26--28}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Amiga}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:erlmeier:pastex, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Pas{\TeX} in {V}orbereitung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {36}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Pas\TeX, Amiga}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:erlmeier:texnische, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {{\TeX}nische {S}oftware auf dem {A}miga}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {6--8}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Amiga}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:erlmeier:amiga, + author = {Markus Erlmeier}, + title = {Der {A}miga und {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {26--28}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Amiga}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:esken:kurzer, + author = {Thomas Esken}, + title = {Kurzer {N}achtrag zur {\TeX}-{B}enutzungsoberfl{\"a}che \textsf{Tx1}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {33--34}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:esken:bedieneroberflaeche, + author = {Thomas Esken}, + title = {Eine {B}edieneroberfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r das {em\TeX}-{S}ystem}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {1/91}, + pages = {17--20}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Oberfl{\"a}che, em\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:etter.kaercher.ea:latex, + author = {Martin Etter and Daniel K{\"a}rcher and Jan Theofel}, + title = {{\LaTeX} trifft Seemann -- Tagungsbericht DANTE 2003 in Bremen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {21--26}, + month = may, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk04.1:faulhammer:fehler, + author = {Christian Faulhammer}, + title = {Fehler schneller finden: Das Minimalbeispiel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2004}, + volume = {1/04}, + pages = {39--46}, + month = may, + abstract = {Fehler zu finden kann vor allem bei umfangreichen + Dokumenten recht schwierig sein. Manchmal kommt eine Fehlermeldung und an + der angegebenen Stelle im Quelltext ist nichts falsch, also muss + der Fehler woanders liegen. Um solche Problemfälle schnell lösen zu + können, hat sich in de.comp.text.tex das Minimalbeispiel bewährt. Das + Minimalbeispiel ist klein, sofort ausführbar und übersichtlich, ideal + für eine gezielte Fehlersuche. Das Prinzip ist nicht schwer, man + braucht nur ein wenig gesunden Menschenverstand und Zeit; von letzterer + bräuchten wir aber mehr, wenn wir den Fehler durch Raten zu finden + versuchten. Exemplarisch soll das hier einmal an Hand von \LaTeX + vorgestellt werden, jedes andere \TeX-Format ist aber genauso denkbar.}, + altnumber = {16}, + altvolumne = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:faulhammer:huellen, + author = {Christian Faulhammer}, + title = {H{\"u}llen (nicht nur) f{\"u}r Musik-CDs}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {1/03}, + pages = {9--14}, + month = feb, + abstract = {Mit Hilfe der Dokumentenklasse \Package{cd-cover} kann man sehr einfach + Einleger f{\"u}r die verschiedensten CD-H{\"u}llen-Typen anlegen. Die + M{\"o}glichkeiten sind dabei vielf{\"a}ltig, so dass f{\"u}r jede Bauart etwas + dabei ist, egal ob Single, Standard-H{\"u}lle oder gar Papiertasche.}, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk04.3:faulhammer.kastrup:thorsten, + author = {Christian Faulhammer and David Kastrup}, + title = {Thorsten Zilm: {\LaTeX} -- Das Einsteigerseminar}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2004}, + volume = {3/04}, + pages = {51--57}, + month = nov, + abstract = {Im November 2003 gab es in der vereinsinternen + Mailingliste~\cite{bib:danteev} eine hitzige Diskussion über die Einstiegshürde, die + \LaTeX{} auch heute noch hat. Einige Teilnehmer waren der Meinung, + dass es schon ein Problem für sie als "`alte Hasen"' sei, geeignete + Literatur für Neueinsteiger zu benennen. Früher existierten quasi + nur die Bücher von Helmut Kopka, die bis jetzt vielen spontan als + Empfehlung für einen Anfänger über die Lippen kommen. Leider hat + diese Buchreihe im Laufe der Jahre nicht mit der Entwicklung von + \LaTeX{} mithalten können, so dass viele Teile veraltet sind. Dazu + kommt noch der von vielen als schlecht empfundene didaktische Aufbau, + diese Bücher sind damit eigentlich heute nicht mehr zu empfehlen. + Dieses Problem will eine kleine Gruppe von Mitgliedern versuchen zu + beseitigen. Die letzten Monate haben wir damit verbracht, mit Hilfe + von \dante{} (vielen Dank an Frau Dornacher und Günter Partosch), + Bücher der letzten zwei Jahre zu besorgen und auch zu lesen. Neben den + Autoren sind folgende Personen an der Arbeit beteiligt: Christoph + Bier, Blandyna Bogdol, Jürgen Fenn und Andreas Hirsch (vielen Dank + an~\cite{bib:gap} für die Mailingliste). Dieser Artikel soll also die + Eröffnung einer ganzen Reihe werden. Bei Fragen und Kommentaren wenden + Sie sich einfach an uns. Eine Übersicht zu verfügbarer Literatur + bietet~\cite{bib:partosch}, leider nicht mehr ganz aktuell, aber + dennoch hilfreich. Jetzt zum eigentlichen Thema dieses Artikels.}, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {16}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:feuerstack:einfuehrung, + author = {Thomas Feuerstack}, + title = {Einf\"uhrung in pdf{\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {2/01}, + pages = {41--54}, + month = jul, + abstract = { Der Artikel richtet sich an Interessierte und + Neueinsteiger, die mit Hilfe von pdf{\TeX}\ m\"oglichst schnell PDF-Dokumente + erstellen wollen, ohne sich vorab intensiv mit Hintergrundwissen + auseinandersetzen zu m\"ussen. Dar\"uberhinaus sollen beim Erzeugen von + PDF-Dokumenten h\"aufig auftretende Probleme er\"ortert sowie L\"osungswege + aufgezeigt werden -- nat\"urlich ohne Anspruch auf Vollst\"andigkeit. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:feuerstack:zauber, + author = {Thomas Feuerstack}, + title = {Der {Z}auber eines {L}{\"a}chelns}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {20--25}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:fischer:serienbriefe, + author = {Ulrike Fischer}, + title = {Serienbriefe}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {38--44}, + month = may, + abstract = {Serienbriefe erm{\"o}glichen + eine pers{\"o}nliche Ansprache des Empf{\"a}ngers -- besonders dann, + wenn nicht nur das Adre{\ss}feld individuellen Text enth{\"a}lt. + Die in diesem Artikel vorgestellten Beispiele kn{\"u}pfen an eine + bereits in "`\DTK"' vorgestellte Methode des Datenbank-Imports an. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:fischer:schnittstelle, + author = {Ulrike Fischer}, + title = {Eine {S}chnittstelle zwischen {D}atenbanken und {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {28--33}, + month = dec, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:fismer:tex, + author = {Gregor Fismer}, + title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r alle}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {58--59}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:friesland-koepke:bericht, + author = {Gerhard Friesland-K{\"o}pke}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VAX/VMS}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {38--39}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {VAX, VMS}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:geisse:handbook, + author = {Armin Geisse}, + title = {"`Handbook of Typography for the Mathematical Sciences"' von Steven G. Krantz}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {2/01}, + pages = {67--70}, + month = jul, + abstract = { Mit seinem neuesten Buch + m{\"o}chte Steven G. Krantz Hilfestellung f{\"u}r Autoren in spe + geben, die sich mit dem Gedanken tragen, ein mathematisches Werk zu + ver{\"o}ffentlichen. In insgesamt sieben Kapiteln gibt Krantz eine + Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXTeX}, er erl{\"a}utert den Produktionsprozess + eines Buches und streift die Grundlagen der Ver{\"o}ffentlichung im + WWW. Trotz des aktuellen Erscheinungsdatums beschreibt das Buch in + gro{\ss}en Teilen den Software-Stand vor 4--5~Jahren und wurde nur sehr + unvollst{\"a}ndig aktualisiert. Es leidet unter vielen Wiederholungen und einer + schlecht strukturierten Aneinanderreihung der einzelnen Kapitel. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:geisse:anpassungen, + author = {Armin Geisse}, + title = {Anpassungen von {DviWin~2.9} an {Web2c} f{\"u}r {WIN32}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {1/99}, + pages = {30--33}, + month = feb, + abstract = {Dieser Artikel beschreibt eine + m{\"o}gliche Anpassung von DviWin~2.9 an die Web2c-Implementierung + f{\"u}r WIN32. Die Schwerpunkte liegen dabei auf der Nutzung mehrerer + Druckerauf"|l{\"o}sungen sowie auf der Beschr{\"a}nkung der Font-Verzeichnisse.}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:gercke:texword, + author = {Martin Gercke}, + title = {{\TeX}{W}ord f{\"u}r {W}indows}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {13--15}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:getreu:anregungen, + author = {Jens Getreu}, + title = {Anregungen zu {NTS}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {57--58}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, NTS, \TeX-Entwicklung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:gewehr:vorsicht, + author = {Harald Gewehr}, + title = {Vorsicht {D}atenverlust!}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {46--47}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Datenverlust, \verb|\include|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:gierhardt:leserbrief, + author = {Horst Gierhardt}, + title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft 2/97}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {42--44}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:gloeckner:jahr, + author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, + title = {Ein {J}ahr ist vergangen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {47--48}, + month = dec, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gloeckner:bericht, + author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {P}ost{S}cript}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {61--62}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {PostScript}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:gloeckner:bericht, + author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {P}ostScript}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {40--41}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {PostScript}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:gloeckner:erzeugung, + author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, + title = {Erzeugung virtueller {F}onts}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {9--16}, + month = dec, + abstract = {Es werden Grundlagen f{\"u}r die Herstellung virtueller + Fonts vorgestellt. {A}nhand dreier Beispiele wird das Vorgehen bei + der Definition virtueller Fonts erl{\"a}utert: \begin{enumerate} + \item Ziffern in einem Font aus einem anderen Font nehmen; \item + PostScript-{\verb+\special+} f{\"u}r das Rastern von Zeichen; \item Anpassungen der + Zeichenbelegung eines Fonts an einen anderen, dargestellt f{\"u}r die + DVIPS-Treiber von Arbort-{\TeX} von Tomas Rokicki. \end{enumerate}}, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Fonts, virtuelle Fonts, Schriften, Metafont, DVIPS, }, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:gloeckner.huesing:pruefung, + author = {J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner and Johannes H{\"u}sing}, + title = {Pr{\"u}fung der Kasse f{\"u}r das Jahr 1999}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {17--24}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gloetzel:database-publishing, + author = {Dieter Gl{\"o}tzel}, + title = {Database-{P}ublishing mit {O}beron und {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {46--54}, + month = may, + abstract = {Im Rahmen eines Kundenprojektes + wurde mit Hilfe von \LaTeX{} ein Nachschlagewerk aus einer Datenbank + erzeugt. Das Programm zur Generierung des \LaTeX{}-Codes wurde als + Prototyp auf einem PC in \emph{Oberon}, der neuen Programmiersprache von + Nikolaus Wirth, entwickelt. Au{\ss}er einer Beschreibung der Auf{\/}gabe + wird ein kurzer {\"U}berblick {\"u}ber Sprache und Betriebssystem + \emph{Oberon}, {\"u}ber die Z{\"u}richer Implementierung sowie {\"u}ber + Bezugsquellen im Internet gegeben. Der Artikel schlie{\ss}t mit einem + Pl{\"a}doyer f{\"u}r den kommerziellen Einsatz von Freeware-Tools.}, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Oberon, objektorientierte Programmiersprache, Postleitzahlenbuch}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:gohdes:latexund, + author = {Michael Gohdes}, + title = {{\LaTeX}\ und Chemie -- ein sch{\"o}nes Paar?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {2/01}, + pages = {7--19}, + month = jul, + abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt + M{\"o}glichkeiten, Texte chemischen Inhalts mit {\LaTeX}\ zu setzen. Es wird + besonders auf die Frage eingegangen, wie chemische Gleichungen und + Strukturformeln in den Text eingebettet werden k{\"o}nnen. Sowohl verschiedene + {\LaTeX}-Pakete als auch ein externes Programm werden vorgestellt. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:lweb, + title = {Mit {\LaTeX} ins Web}, + publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + year = {2000}, + author = {Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert Sutor}, + address = {München}, + edition = {2}, + month = may, + isbn = {3-8273-1629-4}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:greschner:addendum, + author = {Dr. Georg S. Greschner}, + title = {Addendum}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {1/99}, + pages = {43}, + month = feb, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:greschner:wege, + author = {Georg S. Greschner}, + title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {19--30}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {WYSIWYG, Windows, OLE, WinWord}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:grothe.schaa:einladung, + author = {Holger Grothe and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2004 in Darmstadt~-- 15~Jahre \dante}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {30--31}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:grotherr:serienbriefe, + author = {Joachim Grotherr}, + title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX} -- Ein Erfahrungsbericht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {14--16}, + month = jul, + abstract = {Serienbriefe in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren Auf\/lagen bis zu 10\,000~St{\"u}ck + bringen g{\"a}ngige Office-Pakete schnell an ihre Leistungsgrenze. Der + Einsatz von {\LaTeX} f{\"u}hrt zu einer erheblichen Steigerung der + Druckgeschwindigkeit und er{\"o}ffnet weitere professionelle M{\"o}glichkeiten. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:ntg-texfuture-working-group:tex, + author = {{NTG {\TeX}\ future working group}}, + title = {{\TeX} im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur Zukunft von {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {41--57}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:guntermann:powerpoint, + author = {Klaus Guntermann}, + title = {PowerPoint ade?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {44--51}, + month = may, + abstract = {F\"ur die Erstellung von Pr\"asentationen muss man nicht immer + PowerPoint einsetzen. Im Gegenteil: wird ordentlicher Formelsatz in einer + Pr\"asentation ben\"otigt, kann man PowerPoint in der Regel gerade + \emph{nicht} verwenden. Die hier vorgestellte Alternative, die auf + pdf\LaTeX{}, einem Postprozessor und dem Acrobat-Reader basiert, + erlaubt das schrittweise Aufbl\"attern von Pr\"asentationsseiten. Der + Postprozessor ist in Java implementiert und damit unabh\"angig von + einer bestimmten Hardware- oder Betriebssystemplattform nutzbar. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:gaertner:bericht, + author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {VMS}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {27--28}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {OpenVMS}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:gaertner:bericht, + author = {Ralf G{\"a}rtner}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {O}pen{VMS}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {62--63}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {OpenVMS}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:goetz:asc2tex, + author = {Thomas K. G{\"o}tz}, + title = {{ASC}2{\TeX}: ein {K}onverter f{\"u}r {B}lockgrafik}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {32--34}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Blockgrafik, ASC2\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:guelicher:autoaufkleber, + author = {Christoph G{\"u}licher}, + title = {Autoaufkleber}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {34--35}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Autoaufkleber}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:guenther:verwaltungskueche, + author = {J{\"u}rgen G{\"u}nther}, + title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {5--7}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:hafner:protokoll, + author = {Thomas Hafner}, + title = {Protokoll der Sitzung AK Weiterentwicklung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {15--16}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:hagen:status, + author = {Hans Hagen}, + title = {The Status Quo of The NTS Project}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {36--53}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:hagen:project, + author = {Hans Hagen}, + title = {The \NTS{} project (p)reviewed}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {6--13}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:herrmann:latex, + author = {Karin Halupczok and Immanuel Herrmann}, + title = {{\LaTeX} -- Das Lied}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {52}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:hanneder:tex, + author = {J{\"u}rgen Hanneder}, + title = {{\TeX} unter {OS/2} f{\"u}r akademische {M}inderheiten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {2/95}, + pages = {38--41}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX, Auc\TeX, Editor, Emacs}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hansen:mut, + author = {Oliver Hansen}, + title = {Mut zur {T}ypographie}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {52--53}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension, DTP, Typographie}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:harders:mehrsprachige, + author = {Harald Harders}, + title = {Mehrsprachige Literaturverzeichnisse: Anwendung und Erweiterung des Pakets babelbib}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {39--63}, + month = nov, + abstract = { Das Paket \texttt{babelbib} bietet zwei Erweiterungen gegen{\"u}ber den meisten + verf{\"u}gbaren \BibTeX"=Stilen: Zum einen ist es m{\"o}glich, die + Schl{\"u}sselw{\"o}rter in Literaturverzeichnissen flexibel an die Sprache des + Dokuments oder des Literaturverweises anzupassen (also beispielsweise + "`Auf"|lage"' statt "`{\selectlanguage{english}edition}"'). Die Sprache der + Schl{\"u}sselw{\"o}rter kann dabei f{\"u}r das gesamte Literaturverzeichnis einheitlich + eingestellt werden, oder sie kann stets derjenigen des jeweiligen Verweises + entsprechen. Zum anderen k{\"o}nnen einige Elemente der Typographie im + Literaturverzeichnis von der {\LaTeX}"=Datei aus ver{\"a}ndert werden, ohne + gleich den \BibTeX"=Stil {\"a}ndern zu m{\"u}ssen. Beispielsweise + kann die f{\"u}r Titel verwendete Schriftart oder "~auszeichnung + mit einem {\LaTeX}"=Befehl variiert werden. Dieser Artikel zeigt + zun{\"a}chst die Anwendung des \pkgname{babelbib}"=Pakets. Anschlie{\ss}end + wird darauf eingegangen, wie die Unterst{\"u}tzung neuer Sprachen + hinzugef{\"u}gt werden kann und wie weitere \BibTeX"=Stildateien zur + Verwendung mit \pkgname{babelbib} modifiziert werden k{\"o}nnen. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:hassel:schachfigurensatz, + author = {Frank Hassel}, + title = {Schachfigurensatz mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {11--25}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Schachfiguren, \verb|chess.sty|, \verb|BdFchess.sty|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:heinisch:tex2word, + author = {Carsten Heinisch}, + title = {TeX2Word und Word2TeX}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {66--68}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:herrmann:poster, + author = {Rudolf Herrmann}, + title = {Poster im Format DIN A0 mit {\texttt{a0poster}} und {\texttt{textpos}}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {7--19}, + month = oct, + abstract = { Die Entstehung eines Posters im Format DIN~A0 zur Pr{\"a}sentation + auf einer wissenschaftlichen Tagung wird verfolgt. Es werden die + {\LaTeX}-Bordmittel sowie die Pakete \texttt{a0poster} und \texttt{textpos} + eingesetzt. Alternative Vorgehensweisen werden kurz diskutiert. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:hesse:erfinder, + author = {Norbert Hesse}, + title = {Erfinder von {\TeX}, {\LaTeX} und {\MF} geben zu: {A}lles {B}etrug!!!}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {50--51}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Humor, Satire}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:hesse:tex, + author = {Norbert Hesse}, + title = {Das {\TeX} \textsc{RunTime System} f{\"u}r {SCO} {U}nix}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {48--52}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Unix, SCO Unix}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:heyl:morse, + author = {Udo Heyl}, + title = {Morse -- {Z}eichensatz der telegraphischen {S}ignale}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {38--42}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Morsezeichen, Fonts, Telegraphie}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:hirsch:leserbrief, + author = {Andreas Hirsch}, + title = {{Z}um {L}eserbrief von {H}erbert {F}.~{D}ecker, {H}eft 2/97}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {41}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:hirsch.volker-eiseler:installation, + author = {Andreas Hirsch and Dominicus Heinzeller und Volker Eiseler}, + title = {Installation eines {\TeX}-{G}esamtsystems aus {MiK\TeX}, {G}host{V}iew und {W}in{E}dt}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {40--50}, + month = may, + abstract = {W{\"a}hrend den Nutzern + von Linux nach der Installation des Betriebssystems auch gleich ein + vollst{\"a}ndiges (und vor allem lauff{\"a}higes) {\TeX}-Gesamtsystem zur + Verf{\"u}gung steht, m{\"u}ssen diejenigen, welche {\TeX} auf einem PC unter + Windows 95 einsetzen wollen, zuerst noch kr{\"a}ftig Hand anlegen. Der + Klassiker unter den {\TeX}-Implementationen f{\"u}r PCs unter DOS ist + {em\TeX}; mit zunehmender Verbreitung von Windows 95 (und damit dem + oberfl{\"a}chlichen Abschied von DOS) ist die Arbeit damit nicht mehr optimal.}, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Windows, Installation, MiK\TeX, GhostView, WinEdt}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hirsch:dezimalkomma, + author = {Richard Hirsch}, + title = {Dezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {42--45}, + month = jul, + abstract = {Wenn man in Dezimalbr{\"u}chen einfach ein Komma als Dezimaltrennzeichen + verwendet, erh{\"a}lt man unsch{\"o}ne Abst{\"a}nde im Ausdruck. + Hier wird eine Definition f{\"u}r das Komma im mathematischen modus + vorgestellt, die von selbst erkennt, ob es sich um ein Satzzeichen oder ein + Dezimalkomma handelt, und entsprechende Abst{\"a}nde einf{\"u}gt.}, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen, Mathematik}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:hoffmann-axthelm:zu, + author = {Moriz Hoffmann-Axthelm}, + title = {Zu Torsten Brongers Artikel "`Einfaches Setzen von Texten in Fraktur mittels \texttt{blacklettert1}"'}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {3/03}, + pages = {64--66}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:hoischen, + title = {Technisches Zeichnen}, + publisher = {Cornelsen}, + year = {2000}, + author = {Hans Hoischen}, + address = {Berlin}, + edition = {28}, + month = apr, + isbn = {3-464-480089}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:hosek:writers, + author = {Don Hosek}, + title = {Writers on type and typography needed}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {28}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {Typographie}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:hrebabetzky:farbiger, + author = {Frank Hrebabetzky}, + title = {Farbiger {D}ruck}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {49}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:hundt:vers, + author = {Ekkehardt Hundt}, + title = {Der {V}ers 3:16 -- {E}in {I}nformatiker treibt fr{\"o}hliche {T}heologie}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {58--59}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension, Knuth, Bibel, Theologie}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:hundt:wettbewerb, + author = {Ekkehardt Hundt}, + title = {Wettbewerb}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {56}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Metafont, Addison-Wesley, Logo}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:hundt:nachdrucke, + author = {Ekkehardt Hundt}, + title = {Nachdrucke der {K}nuth-{B}{\"a}nde}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {39--40}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Knuth}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:hoeppner:foerderung, + author = {Dr. Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, + title = {F{\"o}rderung von {\TeX}-Projekten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {26--27}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:hoeppner:grusswort, + author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {4/02}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:hoeppner:tagung, + author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, + title = {Eine Tagung zwischen den L{\"a}ndern -- Euro{\TeX}\,2001 in Kerkrade}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {4/01}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:hoeppner:erratum, + author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, + title = {Erratum f{\"u}r die CTAN-CD-ROM von \dante}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {57--58}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:hoeppner:latex-vademecum, + author = {Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, + title = {{\LaTeX}-{V}ademecum -- {E}in {K}ompaktf{\"u}hrer f{\"u}r {E}insteiger und {F}ortgeschrittene}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {60--61}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:huelse:4alltex, + author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse}, + title = {4all{\TeX} -- eine {R}eady-to-{R}un-{CD} auf dem {P}r{\"u}fstand}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {4/95}, + pages = {48--51}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension, CD-ROM}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:huelse.kaspar:expdlist, + author = {Rainer H{\"u}lse and Wolfgang Kaspar}, + title = {\texttt{EXPDLIST} -- eine {E}rweiterung der \texttt{description}-{U}mgebung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {34--36}, + month = mar, + abstract = {Die erweiterte \texttt{description}-Umgebung soll die {\LaTeX}-\texttt{description}-Umgebung + nicht ersetzen, sondern bietet bei Bedarf einige zus{\"a}tzliche + M{\"o}glichkeiten. Daneben steht mit \verb+\listpart+ ein neuer, f{\"u}r + alle \texttt{list}-Umgebungen g{\"u}ltiger Befehl zur Verf{\"u}gung.}, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Beschreibungen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:huesing.gloeckner:bericht, + author = {Johannes H{\"u}sing and J{\"u}rgen Gl{\"o}ckner}, + title = {Bericht der Rechnungspr{\"u}fer {\"u}ber die Pr{\"u}fung der B{\"u}cher von \dante\ im Gesch{\"a}ftsjahr 2000}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {20--22}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:ingold:dante2002, + author = {Gert-Ludwig Ingold}, + title = {DANTE\,2002}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {21--25}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:jackowski.nowacki:accents, + author = {Bogus\l{}aw Jackowski and Janusz M. Nowacki}, + title = {Accents, accents, accents\dots -- enhancing CM fonts with ``funny'' characters}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {3/03}, + pages = {10--32}, + month = sep, + abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt die + Geschichte, Entstehung und Schwierigkeiten bei der Entwicklung der + "`Latin Modern Fonts"', die als Projekt der European {\TeX} Users + Groups (\dante, GUTenberg, NTG und GUST) im Rahmen der Projektfonds + gef{\"o}rdert wurden. Die CM-Type-1-Fonts der AMS stellten die Basis + f{\"u}r die LM-Fonts. In LM sind aber nun nicht nur alle akzentuierten + Zeichen als eigenst{\"a}ndige Glyphen (zur Zeit maximal 527 pro Font) + enthalten, es werden auch Zeichen der EC-Fonts aufgenommen, um einen + vollst{\"a}ndigen Ersatz zu schaffen. Im Artikel werden die technischen + Mittel und Wege zur Realisierung erl{\"a}utert und die Entscheidungen + bez{\"u}glich der Kompatibilit{\"a}t zu den CM-Fonts begr{\"u}ndet. Die + LM-Fonts stehen seit dem 5.~August 2003 in der Version~0.86 im CTAN + zur Verf{\"u}gung und wurden in die {\TeX}Live~2003 eingebunden. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:jackson.voss:plot-funktionen, + author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}}, + title = {Die Plot-Funktionen von {\texttt{pst-plot}}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {27--34}, + month = jun, + abstract = { Im letzten Heft wurden die mathematischen Funktionen von \PS~im Zusammenhang mit dem + {\LaTeX}-Paket \texttt{pst-plot} zum Zeichnen von Funktionen beschrieben und + durch Beispiele erl{\"a}utert. In diesem Teil werden die bislang + nur erw{\"a}hnten Plot-Funktionen f{\"u}r externe Daten behandelt. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:jackson.voss:lyx, + author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}}, + title = {LyX -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 1}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {3/01}, + pages = {24--45}, + month = sep, + abstract = { \LyX{} als sogenanntes + Frontend zu {\LaTeX}, welches wiederum ein Frontend zu {\TeX} ist, + versucht etwas zu optimieren, was {\LaTeX} selbst gar nicht leisten + will: eine hochwertiges Satzsystem wie {\TeX} einem an tiefsinnigen + typographischen Fragen relativ uninteressierten Benutzer zug{\"a}nglich zu + machen. \LyX{} versteht sich daher auch nicht als Textprozessor, + sondern als Dokument-Prozessor, denn es verf{\"u}gt selbst {\"u}ber + keinerlei eigene Formatierungsm{\"o}glichkeiten, die {\"u}ber die + Bildschirmdarstellung hinausgehen. Alle beschriebenen Eigenschaften von \LyX{} + beziehen sich auf die derzeit offizielle Version \LyX{} 1.1.6fix3. Eine + erheblich erweiterte Version 1.2 ist f{\"u}r dieses Jahr zu erwarten. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:jackson.voss:lyx, + author = {Laura E. Jackson and Herbert Vo{\ss}}, + title = {\LyX{} -- Open Source Document Processor, Teil 2}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {4/01}, + month = nov, + abstract = { Nachdem der erste Teil die prinzipiellen Eigenschaften + von \LyX{} behandelt hat, werden in diesem Teil unter anderem die + Ein-/Ausgabem{\"o}glichkeiten und einige Beispiele angegeben. Die Kenntnis + des ersten Teils ist zwar nicht zwingende Voraussetzung f{\"u}r das + Verst{\"a}ndnis der im Folgenden behandelten M{\"o}glichkeiten im + Umgang mit \LyX, erleichtert jedoch wesentlich das Verst{\"a}ndnis. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:jaeger.koglin:rechtliche, + author = {Till Jaeger and Olaf Koglin}, + title = {Der rechtliche Schutz von Fonts}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {35--46}, + month = jun, + abstract = { Trotz ihrer wirtschaftlich durchaus gro{\ss}en + Bedeutung haben Computerschrifttypen, Fonts genannt, bislang in der + juristischen Lehre und Rechtsprechung keine besondere Rolle gespielt. Dies + {\"u}berrascht, da inzwischen ein Gro{\ss}teil aller Druckerzeugnisse mit Hilfe + computerisierter Printverfahren hergestellt wird und den Schrifttypen + dabei hinsichtlich {\"A}sthetik und guter Lesbarkeit ein wesentlicher + Einfluss zukommt. F{\"u}r die Erstellung eines qualitativ hochwertigen + Schriftzeichensatzes ist ein enormer handwerklicher, bisweilen auch + k{\"u}nstlerischer Aufwand erforderlich. Mit einem Urteil des LG K{\"o}ln wurde + -- soweit ersichtlich -- erstmals durch ein deutsches Gericht zur + Schutzf{\"a}higkeit von Fonts im Rahmen der Immaterialg{\"u}terrechtsordnung + Stellung genommen und dabei nicht nur die Schutzf{\"a}higkeit auf der + Grundlage des Schriftzeichengesetzes angenommen, sondern Fonts auch als + Computer\-programme gem. \S{}~69a UrhG f{\"u}r urheberrechtsf{\"a}hig + angesehen. Der vorliegende Beitrag soll die unterschiedlichen rechtlichen + Schutzm{\"o}glichkeiten aufzeigen. Dabei wird dargelegt, dass es tr{\"u}gerisch sein + kann, sich auf den urheberrechtlichen Schutz von Fonts zu verlassen. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:jones:underfull, + author = {Frankeye Jones}, + title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {2/95}, + pages = {44}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Humor, Satire}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:jones:underfull, + author = {Frankeye Jones}, + title = {The {U}nderfull {B}adness {B}lues}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {31}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#magazin#}, + keywords = {Humor, Satire}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:joswig:bemerkungen, + author = {Michael J. Joswig}, + title = {Bemerkungen zum {A}tari-{\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {57--58}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:juritza:wandel-exe, + author = {Dieter Juritza}, + title = {\texttt{WANDEL.EXE} -- ein vielf{\"a}ltig nutzbarer {F}ormatkonverter}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {31--32}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Konverter, \verb|Wandel.exe|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:jurzitza:schaltbilder, + author = {Dieter Jurzitza}, + title = {Schaltbilder mit {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {34}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Schaltbilder}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:just:protokoll, + author = {Ehrenfried Just}, + title = {Protokoll der 16.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {7--18}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:kalski:pictex-manual, + author = {Jens Kalski}, + title = {{\PiCTeX}-{M}anual}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {50}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, \PiCTeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:kamlage:texstar, + author = {Michael Kamlage}, + title = {{\TeX}{S}tar -- {E}ine {O}berfl{\"a}che f{\"u}r {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {38--39}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {\TeX{}Star, Oberfl{\"a}che}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:kastrup:latex, + author = {David Kastrup}, + title = {{\LaTeX} und WYSIWYG? -- {preview-latex} unter Emacs und andere Ans{\"a}tze}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {4/02}, + pages = {10--26}, + month = dec, + abstract = { Der anweisungsbasierte Typensatz mit {\TeX}/{\LaTeX}\ hat seine + Leistungsf{\"a}higkeit und Flexibilit{\"a}t f{\"u}r eine Vielzahl von Anwendungen + wiederholt unter Beweis gestellt. Es wird aber der Mangel an unmittelbarem + visuellen Feedback nicht nur bei Anf{\"a}ngern oft als ein Manko bei + der Dokumenterstellung und der Korrektur empfunden. Es existieren + mittlerweile eine Reihe von Versuchen, dieses Problem anzugehen, angefangen + bei einfachen token-basierten Ans{\"a}tzen (Syntax Highlighting, + Spezialzeichens{\"a}tze wie mit \texttt{xsymbol}) bis hin zu kompletten + Textverarbeitungssystemen (\LyX{} und {\TeX}macs), die {\LaTeX}\ im Wesentlichen + nur als Exportsprache nutzen. Eine weitere Klasse von Werkzeugen + konzentriert sich nicht auf das Editieren, sondern auf schnellen + Zugriff auf die gesetzte Form, meist als seitenorientierte Vorschau in + einem separaten Fenster (whizzy\TeX, Instant~Preview). Zwar ist die + Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit dieser Varianten auf heutigen Systemen + mehr als ausreichend, dennoch bleibt das Bed{\"u}rfnis nach einer + engeren Kopplung von Quelltext und Vorschau beim Editieren. "`Source + Specials"' sind ein Werkzeug f{\"u}r eine solche Querverbindung. Das + preview-latex-Paket des Autors stellt eine wesentlich engere Kopplung durch + die direkte Platzierung von Vorschauelementen im Quelltext bereit. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kastrup:tex-makros, + author = {David Kastrup}, + title = {{\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r {F}ortgelaufene}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {49--52}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:kastrup.kohm.ea:extex, + author = {David Kastrup and Markus Kohm and Torsten Kr{\"u}ger and Michael Niedermair and Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {{\ExTeX} -- ein {\"U}berblick}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {32-38}, + month = nov, + abstract = { Im Dezember 2002 fand sich eine kleine Gruppe von + Ideentr{\"a}gern und Entwicklern zusammen, um basierend auf \NTS\ eine + Weiterentwicklung von {\TeX}\ auf den Weg zu bringen. Am Anfang standen + dabei einige kaum in Worte gefasste Ideen und die Notwendigkeit, + sich in vorhandene Quellen und {\TeX}-Erweiterungen einzuarbeiten. + Bereits bevor die Gruppe vom 3. bis 5.~Oktober 2003 erstmalig zu + einer Klausurtagung zusammenfand, stand nach vielen Experimenten + und Begutachtungen fest, dass hochgesteckte Ziele nur zu erreichen + sind, wenn gro{\ss}e Teile von {\TeX}\ und damit von \NTS\ ersetzt + werden. Daraus ergab sich der Beschluss, auf Basis der Erfahrungen von + \NTS, \eTeX, \pdfTeX\ und \OMEGA\ (Omega) ein in gro{\ss}en Teilen + neues Java-System zu entwickeln -- \ExTeX. Im Folgenden wird der + aktuelle Stand der Arbeiten und der Planung wiedergegeben. Gleichzeitig + bitten wir um zus{\"a}tzliche Anregungen und Diskussion des Konzepts. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:kayssner:wege, + author = {Christian Kayssner}, + title = {Wege des {\TeX}nischen {F}ortschritts {(II)}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {43--47}, + month = dec, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kayssner:handbuecher, + author = {Christian Kayssner}, + title = {Handb{\"u}cher}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {21--24}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Handb{\"u}cher, Booklets, A4, A5, \verb|DOUBLE|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:kiefel:latex, + author = {Volker Kiefel}, + title = {{\LaTeX} als normales "`Schreibwerkzeug"' im Alltag}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {4/01}, + month = nov, + abstract = { Au{\ss}erhalb der klassischen + {\TeX}-Anwendungsbereiche spielt {\LaTeX}\ als Software zum Erstellen von + Dokumenten aller Art offensichtlich eine eher nachgeordnete Rolle. + Dabei weist {\LaTeX}\ eine Reihe von Vorz{\"u}gen auf, die es als + Alternative zu den weit verbreiteten kommerziellen Produkten empfehlen. + Unerwartete Hindernisse k{\"o}nnen sich allerdings dann ergeben, wenn man + unter {\LaTeX}\ erstellte Manuskripte in elektronischer Form einer + Zeitschrift beispielsweise im Bereich der Biowissenschaften "`andienen"' + m{\"o}chte. F{\"u}r dieses und {\"a}hnliche Probleme lassen sich + jedoch L{\"o}sungen finden. Dieser kurze Erfahrungsbericht ist als + Anregung f{\"u}r diejenigen gedacht, die mit {\LaTeX}\ noch keine + Erfahrung gesammelt haben und die zumindest teilweise eine Einbeziehung + von {\LaTeX}\ in die Erledigung ihrer t{\"a}glichen Schreibarbeit + erw{\"a}gen oder die gerade beginnen, {\LaTeX}\ zu verwenden. Der erfahrene + {\LaTeX}-Anwender wird im Folgenden dagegen nicht viel Neues finden. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:kinch:microsoft, + author = {Richard Kinch}, + title = {Microsoft kauft {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {51--53}, + month = oct, + abstract = {Dieser Artikel sollte eigentlich in der April-Ausgabe von "`Die {\TeX} + nische Kom{\"o}die"' erscheinen, genauer am 1. April des Jahres. Die + Redaktion m{\"o}chte den Lesern diesen Artikel nicht vorenthalten, + wenn er auch jahreszeitlich etwas versp{\"a}tet erscheint. Autor + ist Richard Kinch, der die kommerzielle {\TeX}-Version TRUE{\TeX} + vertreibt. Auf eine {\"U}bersetzung wurde bewu{\ss}t verzichtet, + da der Stil so typisch f{\"u}r amerikanische "`Nachrichten"' ist.}, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:kisker:rumgraph, + author = {H.-W. Kisker}, + title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 1}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {3/91}, + pages = {22}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:kisker:rumgraph, + author = {H.-W. Kisker}, + title = {rumgraph -- {E}inbindung von {P}ixel-{B}ildern in ein {\TeX}-{D}okument, {T}eil 2}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {16--23}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Grafik, Bilder, RUMgraph}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:kloeckl, + title = {{\LaTeX} -- Tipps und Tricks}, + publisher = {dpunkt}, + year = {2002}, + author = {Ingo Klöckl}, + address = {Heidelberg}, + edition = {2}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:knappen:bericht, + author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {25--26}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Metafont}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:knappen:ankuendigung, + author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, + title = {Ank{\"u}ndigung: {D}ie ec-{S}chriten 1.0 sind da!}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {4/96}, + pages = {8--9}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Fonts (EC), Cork, textcomp, T1-encoding, EC-Fonts}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:knappen:bericht, + author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {48--52}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Metafont}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:knappen:bericht, + author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {\MF}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {61--62}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Metafont}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:knappen:tafel-fett, + author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, + title = {Tafel-{F}ett, {H}eft 2/96}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {69}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:knappen:bericht, + author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {\MF}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {39--40}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:knappen:bericht, + author = {J{\"o}rg Knappen}, + title = {Bericht von der 6.~europ{\"a}ischen {\TeX}-{K}onferenz}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {6--11}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:knuth:important, + author = {Donald E. Knuth}, + title = {Important Message to all Users of {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {10--13}, + month = aug, + abstract = {Auf Donald E. Knuths WWW-Seite + \texttt{http://www-cs-faculty.Stanford.EDU/~knuth/cm.html} befindet sich + seit einigen Monaten ein Aufruf an die Benutzer des Textsatzsystemes + {\TeX}. Er weist darin auf zwei Probleme hin, die die von ihm erstellte + Computer-Modern-Schriftfamilie betreffen. Das erste Problem, das Anfang Juni entdeckt + wurde, betrifft eine nicht von Knuth autorisierte {\"A}nderung an den + Quelldateien, die zu Inkompatibilit{\"a}ten f{\"u}hrt. Diese ge{\"a}nderten + Quelldateien werden mit der Linux-Slackware-Distribution verteilt. Auf + das zweite Problem, da{\ss} h{\"a}ufig noch veraltete Versionen der + Computer-Modern-Schriften verwendet werden, wurde schon mehrmals + von J{\"o}rg Knappen hingewiesen; zuletzt in der Ausgabe 1/1996, + S.~52, der Mitgliederzeitung. \par Bitte {\"u}berpr{\"u}fen Sie ihre + {\TeX}-Installation und besorgen Sie sich, falls Sie veraltete oder ver{\"a}nderte + Computer-Modern-Schriften verwenden, die offiziellen Dateien der + neuesten Version vom CTAN (Comprehensive {\TeX} Archive Network).}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {Knuth, Metafont, Fonts, + Schriften, Fehlerbericht, Linux, Slackware, Computer-Modern-Schriften}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:knuth:new, + author = {Donald E. Knuth}, + title = {The New Versions of {\TeX} and {\MF}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {16--22}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Knuth, \TeX-Entwicklung, Metafont-Entwicklung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:knuth:future, + author = {Donald E. Knuth}, + title = {The Future of {\TeX} and {\MF}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {23--25}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Knuth, Metafont-Entwicklung, \TeX-Entwicklung}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:knuth, + title = {Digital Typography}, + publisher = {CSLI Publications}, + year = {1998}, + author = {Donald Ervin Knuth}, + number = {78}, + series = {CSLI lecture notes}, + address = {Stanford}, + month = aug, + isbn = {0-57586-011-2}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:koch:einladung, + author = {Thomas Koch}, + title = {Einladung zur 25.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {2/01}, + pages = {5--6}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:koch:einladung, + author = {Thomas Koch}, + title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2002 und 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {4/01}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:koch:einladung, + author = {Thomas Koch}, + title = {Einladung zur 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE e.V.}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {12}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:koch:bericht, + author = {Thomas Koch}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {OS/2}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {61}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {OS/2}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:koch:latex-wegweiser, + author = {Thomas Koch}, + title = {Der {\LaTeX}-{W}egweiser}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {65--66}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezensionen, Grundkonzepte, \LaTeXe-Beschreibung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:koch:bericht, + author = {Thomas Koch}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {34--35}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {OS/2}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:koch:bericht, + author = {Thomas Koch}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS}/2}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {40--41}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:koch:bericht, + author = {Thomas Koch}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {OS/2}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {36}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {OS/2}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {2/01}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {3/01}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {4/01}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {3/00}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {1/99}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = feb, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {4}, + month = may, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:koch.schaa:grusswort, + author = {Thomas Koch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {{G}ru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = dec, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:koen:raechtschraibrehform, + author = {Wilhelm H. Koen}, + title = {R{\"a}chtschraibrehform, {H}eft 3/97}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {57--58}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Rechtschreibreform}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:kohm:moderne, + author = {Markus Kohm}, + title = {Moderne Briefe mit KOMAScript}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {32--51}, + month = may, + abstract = { Einige KOMAScript-Anwender haben den falschen Eindruck gewonnen, der Satzspiegel + w{\"a}re bei Briefen gegen{\"u}ber der Anschrift und dem {\"u}brigen + Briefkopf einger{\"u}ckt. Dieser Eindruck entsteht insbesondere dann sehr + leicht, wenn die Anleitung zu KOMAScript und insbesondere das Kapitel + {\"u}ber \texttt{scrlttr2} nicht gr{\"u}ndlich genug studiert wird. In + Wirklichkeit sind Satzspiegel und Briefkopf oder Anschrift einfach + nur voneinander losgel{\"o}st. In diesem Artikel wird nun nicht nur + gezeigt, wie man diese wieder aneinander koppeln kann. Es soll dabei + auch ein sinnvoller Satzspiegel und ein modernes Layout entstehen. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:kohm:satzspiegelkonstruktionen, + author = {Markus Kohm}, + title = {Satzspiegelkonstruktionen im Vergleich}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {4/02}, + pages = {28--48}, + month = dec, + abstract = { Die Konstruktion von Satzspiegeln, also die + Bestimmung des Textbereichs auf der Seite, ist eine Kunst, die seit dem + Mittelalter von Profis gepflegt wird. Im Laufe der Zeit wurden viele + unterschiedliche Verfahren ersonnen, verworfen, vergessen, aber auch + weiterentwickelt und dokumentiert. Einige dieser Verfahren sind mit Schlagworten + belegt, die sie legend{\"a}r machen. Obwohl angeblich an jeder Legende + auch etwas Wahres ist, birgt die Legendenbildung auch Gefahren. Es + gilt daher, Legende und Wirklichkeit miteinander zu vergleichen. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:kohm:briefkoepfe, + author = {Markus Kohm}, + title = {Briefk{\"o}pfe mit \KOMAScript}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {2/01}, + pages = {19--40}, + month = jul, + abstract = { Wer eben mal rasch einen Brief schreiben + will, st{\"o}rt sich h{\"a}ufig daran, dass er erst eine gro{\ss}e + Pr{\"a}ambel zusammenbasteln oder seine Standardpr{\"a}ambel aus einem alten + Brief kopieren muss. Soll dann je nach Brief eine Angabe mehr oder + weniger im Briefkopf gesetzt werden, muss man zudem jedesmal von neuem + {\"u}berlegen, wie dies oder jenes am besten erreicht wird. Der Artikel soll + zeigen, dass es auch anders geht: mit einem Paket, das einmal alle + Varianten implementiert und durch Optionen ausw{\"a}hlbar macht. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:kohm:verkleinerte, + author = {Markus Kohm}, + title = {Verkleinerte und vergr{\"o}{\ss}erte Ausgaben mit {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {1/99}, + pages = {7--26}, + month = feb, + abstract = {Eine immer wiederkehrende Frage zu \LaTeX\ betrifft die + korrekte Vorgehensweise zur Vergr{\"o}{\ss}erung oder Verkleinerung von + Dokumenten. Da diese Frage unterschiedlich motiviert sein kann und der + Fragesteller sich oftmals {\"u}ber seine Motive nicht vollst{\"a}ndig klar + ist, f{\"a}llt es den Experten h{\"a}ufig nicht leicht, die Frage in + der Hinsicht korrekt zu beantworten, da{\ss} der tats{\"a}chlich + gew{\"u}nschte Effekt erzielt wird. Im nachfolgenden Artikel werden deshalb + ausgehend von einem h{\"a}ufig anzutreffenden Fallbeispiel verschiedene + M{\"o}glichkeiten vorgestellt und gegeneinander abgewogen. Aufmerksame Leser der + deutschsprachigen DE-\TeX-/DANTE-FAQ wird es nicht verwundern, zumindest eine der + hier empfohlenen L{\"o}sungen dort auch in Kurzform wiederzufinden.}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:kohm:jung, + author = {Markus Kohm}, + title = {Jung gewohnt, alt getan}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {42}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:kohm:es, + author = {Markus Kohm}, + title = {Es ist nicht alles {G}old, was gl{\"a}nzt}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {54--59}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:kohm:koma-script, + author = {Markus Kohm}, + title = {\textsc{Koma-Script} -- {E}ine {A}lternative zu den {S}tandardklassen?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {14--33}, + month = aug, + abstract = {Wer die Newsgroups wie + \texttt{de.comp.tex} aufmerksam verfolgt, wird immer wieder Verweise auf + \textsc{Koma-Script} finden. Selbst in der DE-{\TeX}-/DANTE-FAQ sind inzwischen + mehrere Verweise auf dieses Paket zu lesen. Auf den folgenden Seiten + soll daher die Entstehung, die Motivation, die Grundz{\"u}ge und die + Verwendung von \textsc{Koma-Script} erl{\"a}utert werden. Um den + Rahmen nicht zu sprengen, werden nur die Klassen \texttt{scrartcl}, + \texttt{scrreprt} und \texttt{scrbook} sowie das Satzspiegelpaket + \texttt{typearea} erl{\"a}utert. Die Briefklasse \texttt{scrletter} und die + erg{\"a}nzenden Pakete \texttt{scrpage}, \texttt{scrtime}, \texttt{scrdate}, + \texttt{scraddr} und die zu \texttt{scrlettr} geh{\"o}renden Beispieldokumente + \texttt{phone} und \texttt{dir} werden hier ausgeklammert. F{\"u}r die + Installation sei auf die Anleitungen, die zum Paket geh{\"o}ren, verwiesen.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\textsc{Koma-Script}, \LaTeX-Klassen}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:koma, + title = {KOMA-Script -- eine Sammlung von Klassen und Paketen für {\LaTeXe}}, + publisher = {Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung {\TeX} {e.\,V.}}, + year = {2003}, + author = {Marus Kohm and Jens-Uwe Morawski}, + address = {Darmstadt}, + month = feb, + note = {Anleitung zu Version 2.9o}, + isbn = {3-936427-45-3}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:krebs:metafont-reparaturen, + author = {Peter Krebs}, + title = {{\MF}-{R}eparaturen -- f{\"u}r {L}aien}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {41--42}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Metafont, Fonts, Schriften, yswab, Fraktur}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:kruljac:bibtex, + author = {Gabriele Kruljac}, + title = {{\BibTeX} und \texttt{MAKEINDEX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {23--24}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\MakeIndex, BibTeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:kruljac.burr:editorial, + author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {3}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:editorial, + author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {3--4}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:kruljac.burr:treffen, + author = {Gabriele Kruljac and Barbara Burr}, + title = {8.~{T}reffen der deutschsprachigen {{\TeX}-Anwender} in {E}ichst{\"a}tt, 12.--13.~{O}ktober 1989}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {18--20}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:kruljac-dronskowski:grusswort, + author = {Gabriele Kruljac-Dronskowski}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort zum {A}bschied}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {1/91}, + pages = {11--12}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:kuchel.muus:kalender, + author = {W.F. Kuchel and P.H. Muus}, + title = {Kalender}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {35--36}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Kalender}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:kurdelski:stammtisch, + author = {Lutz-Peter Kurdelski}, + title = {Stammtisch in {B}remerhafen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {26}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Stammtisch,}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:kusznier:verwaltungskueche, + author = {Heinz Kusznier}, + title = {Aus der {V}erwaltungsk{\"u}che}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {53}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:kusznier:artikel, + author = {Heinz Kusznier}, + title = {Artikel und die darin beschriebene {S}oftware}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {60--61}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:kusznier:sprachschwierigkeiten, + author = {Heinz Kusznier}, + title = {Sprachschwierigkeiten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {45}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:lachenmayr:einfuehrung, + author = {Dr.~Georg Lachenmayr}, + title = {"`Einf{\"u}hrung in {\LaTeXe}"' von {K}arsten {G}{\"u}nther}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {39--42}, + month = dec, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lachenmayr:tex-tagung, + author = {Georg Lachenmayr}, + title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2001 in Rosenheim -- Einladung und Call for Papers}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {58}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {Spielplan}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:lagally:interlinearuebersetzung, + author = {Klaus Lagally}, + title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung: ein Vorschlag}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {30--33}, + month = aug, + abstract = {In Heft 2/1999 von \emph{\DTK} fragt Siegfried Splett nach einer bequemen M{\"o}glichkeit, + in zweisprachigen Texten Satzteile einander zuzuordnen und jeweils + zweizeilig untereinander abzusetzen. Hier ist ein L{\"o}sungsvorschlag. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:lagally:alternative, + author = {Klaus Lagally}, + title = {Das alternative {\LaTeX}-{G}lossar -- {A}ddendum}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {67--68}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Humor, Satire}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:fonds, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {{F}onds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {12}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {5--12}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:lammarsch:kommentar, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {{K}ommentar zum {O}ffenen {B}rief}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {63--65}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:lammarsch:bar-kasse, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Die {B}ar-{K}asse -- {D}as {E}rgebnis der {R}echerche}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {29--33}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:lammarsch:erlebnisse, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Erlebnisse einer {P}olenreise}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {47--50}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Euro\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {4/96}, + pages = {4--7}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {4--7}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {5--8}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lammarsch:brief, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Ein {B}rief an die c't}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {18}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {c't}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:lammarsch:bericht, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {34}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {MVS}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {2/95}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:aera, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Die {\"A}ra des {P}r{\"a}sidenten geht zu {E}nde \dots}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {20--21}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:beschreibung, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Beschreibung der {CD-ROM} von {DANTE} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {48--50}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {CD-ROM, CTAN}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:fonds, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {21}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {4/95}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:lammarsch:fonds, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Fonds zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {7}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:lammarsch:bericht, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {MVS}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {36}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {MVS}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:lammarsch:fond, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Fond zur {U}nterst{\"u}tzung von {M}itgliedern}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {2/93}, + pages = {5}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {2/93}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {4--6}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:aergernis, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Das {\"A}rgernis}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {47}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Public Domain, Shareware, Chip, em\TeX, TUG}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:lammarsch:umgebungsbereich, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Umgebungsbereich zu klein?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {46}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {MS-DOS, Umgebungsbereich}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:lammarsch:beginners, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {A {B}eginners {B}ook of {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {41--43}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {4--6}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:dante, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Neues von {DANTE}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {4--7}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:qms-ps, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {{QMS PS} {L}aserdrucker}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {32--33}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:ruecktritt, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {R{\"u}cktritt des {E}uropean {C}oordinators}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {9}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:lammarsch:wahlen, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Wahlen zum \emph{Board of Directors}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {7--8}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:lammarsch:resumee, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Ein {R}esumee}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {3/91}, + pages = {17--18}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:aktuelle, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Aktuelle {A}uflage der {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {47}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:grusswort, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lammarsch:tex-buecher, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Drei {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}cher im {V}ergleich}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {48--51}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:lammarsch:xtex, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {{x\TeX}, {y\TeX}, {z\TeX}, \dots {W}ieviele {V}ersionen wird es noch geben?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {37--39}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension, \TeX-Versionen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:lammarsch:dante, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Dante {L}etter}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {4--6}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:lammarsch:jahresrueckblick, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Jahresr{\"u}ckblick}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {4--7}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:lammarsch:tests, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Tests von verschiedenen {PC}-{V}ersionen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {37--41}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {MS-DOS, PC\TeX, Turbo\TeX, em\TeX, $\mu$\TeX, PubliC\TeX, sb\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:bericht, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Bericht eines {USA}-{R}eisenden}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {12--15}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:software, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {Software vom {S}erver auf {D}iskette}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {26}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:lammarsch:tex, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch}, + title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {IBM-PC} und {K}ompatible}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {25}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:lammarsch.taylor.ea:bericht, + author = {Joachim Lammarsch and Philip Taylor and Ji{\v{r}}\'{\i} Zlatu{\v{s}}ka}, + title = {Bericht der Evaluation des \NTS-Projekts}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {16--19}, + month = may, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:landmann:dc-fonts, + author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann}, + title = {{DC}-{F}onts}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {57}, + month = dec, + note = {mit einer {A}ntwort von Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, DC-Fonts, Fonts (DC), Umlaute}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:landmann:serverzugang, + author = {J{\"o}rg Landmann}, + title = {Serverzugang}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {56}, + month = dec, + note = {mit {A}ntwort von Joachim Lammarsch}, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:lanfermann:resuemee, + author = {Dr. Klaus Lanfermann}, + title = {Res{\"u}m{\'e}e eines {M}itglieds}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {59--61}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:lang:liebe, + author = {Christian B. Lang}, + title = {Liebe {\TeX}nische {F}reunde}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {59}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:langhaus:serverzugang, + author = {Claus Langhaus}, + title = {Serverzugang}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {54}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:langhaus:elektronische, + author = {Claus Langhaus}, + title = {Elektronische {K}ommunikation f{\"u}r {J}edermann}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {22--26}, + month = aug, + abstract = {In diesem Artikel wird der Versuch + unternommen, die M{\"o}glichkeiten der elektronischen Kommunikation f{\"u}r + Privatleute zu beleuchten, soweit sie f{\"u}r die Mitglieder von + {DANTE}, Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V., interessant + sind. Es wird dabei auch auf die verschiedenen Netze eingegangen.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:lauschke:leidigen, + author = {Andreas Lauschke}, + title = {Diese leidigen {M}engenzeichen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {33--35}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Mengensymbole, Formelsatz, blackboard bold, bbold}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:lazrek:package, + author = {Azzeddine Lazrek}, + title = {A package for typesetting Arabic mathematical formulas}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {2/01}, + pages = {54--66}, + month = jul, + abstract = { {\TeX} and its extension + {\LaTeX} have been adapted to handle passages of Arabic script. The + package Arab{\TeX} extends the capabilities of {\TeX} and {\LaTeX} to + produce documents containing passages in Arabic. A package that extends + Arab{\TeX} to typeset Arabic mathematical formulas, with specific + symbols and running from right to left, is presented in this paper. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lehmke:atari-tex, + author = {Stephan Lehmke}, + title = {Atari-{\TeX} und {U}mlaute}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {52}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Atari, Umlaute}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:lehmke:grafikeinbindung, + author = {Stephan Lehmke}, + title = {Grafikeinbindung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {53--54}, + month = dec, + note = {mit Antwort von Friedhelm Sowa}, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Grafik, \PiCTeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:lehrke:linux, + author = {J{\"o}rg Lehrke}, + title = {Linu{X} -- ein freies *nix f{\"u}r {PC}s}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {48--51}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Linux, Unix}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:leibner:dokumentation, + author = {Peter Leibner}, + title = {Zur Dokumentation mit {\LaTeX} und Co.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {4/01}, + month = nov, + abstract = { Anhand dieses Beitrags soll gezeigt werden, wie aus einer Quelldatei \PS-, PDF- + und HTML-Code erzeugt werden kann. Der Beitrag kn{\"u}pft an den + Artikel von Thomas Feuerstack, erschienen in "`\DTK"' 2/2001, an. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:lemberg:hyphenation-exception-log, + author = {Werner Lemberg}, + title = {{Hyphenation Exception Log} f{\"u}r deutsche Trennmuster}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {28--31}, + month = may, + abstract = { Dem englischen Vorbild der \emph{\TUG} folgend soll dieser Artikel ein + Aufruf zur Mitarbeit sein, die deutschen Trennmuster zu verbessern. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:lemberg:cjk-enc, + author = {Werner Lemberg}, + title = {\texttt{cjk-enc} -- eine Schnittstelle zwischen \texttt{Emacs} und {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {3/01}, + pages = {14--23}, + month = sep, + abstract = { Im dem Artikel wird das + Lisp-Programm \texttt{cjkenc.el} beschrieben, eine Schnittstelle zwischen + \texttt{Emacs} und {\LaTeX}, welche die verschiedenen Zeichens\"atze von + \texttt{Emacs} in f\"ur {\LaTeX} verst"andliche Befehle konvertiert. + Urspr"unglich f\"ur ostasiatische Sprachen entwickelt, wurde es inzwischen + um europ\"aische Zeichens\"atze (auch Russisch und Neugriechisch) + erweitert. \texttt{cjkenc.el} ist Teil des \texttt{CJK}-Pakets. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lemberg:thai-zeichensaetze, + author = {Werner Lemberg}, + title = {Thai-Zeichens{\"a}tze}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {26--40}, + month = nov, + abstract = {Der Artikel beschreibt das + Funktionsprinzip der thail{\"a}ndischen Schrift und die Implementation der + notwendigen Ligaturen f{\"u}r {\TeX}\ mittels \texttt{afm2tfm}. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:lemberg:cjk-paket, + author = {Werner Lemberg}, + title = {Das {CJK}-{P}aket f{\"u}r {\LaTeXe}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {4/95}, + pages = {30--40}, + month = mar, + abstract = {Mit MULE (multilingual Emacs) kann man + Text in mehreren Sprachen schreiben. Es ist im besonderen entwickelt + worden, um asiatische Sprachen in unterschiedlichen Kodierschemata zu + editieren. So ist es zum Beispiel m{\"o}glich, Chinesisch in der + vereinfachten Schrift (jij{\^a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in GB-Kodierung) und in der + traditionellen Form (f{\'a}nt{\^i}z{\`i} in Big-5-Kodierung) gleichzeitig + darzustellen, obwohl sich die Kodierungsbereiche {\"u}berlappen. + \par Das CJK-Paket (Chinesich/Japanisch/Koreanisch) ist das Pendant + f{\"u}r {\LaTeXe}. Die meisten CJK-Kodierungen sind implemntiert, das + interne Kodierschema von MULE wird durch einen kleinen Pr{\"a}prozessor + unterst{\"u}tzt. Au{\ss}erdem enth{\"a}lt es Module f{\"u}r Unicode und CEF + (Chinese Encoding Framework), das im Prinzip eine Eingabemethode f{\"u}r + die CNS-Kodierung (Chinesischer National Standard, zirka 48\,000 + chinesische Schriftzeichen) ist. \par CJK ist nat{\"u}rlich nicht auf MULE + beschr{\"a}nkt. Jeder Editor der eine CJK-Sprache unterst{\"u}tzt, kann + verwendet werden. \par Im CJK-Paket sind Hilfsprogramme enthalten, + die chinesische TrueType-Fonts und CJK-Bitmap-Zeichens{\"a}tze in + \texttt{.pk}-Dateien konvertieren. Zus{\"a}tzlich werden Sprachmodule + f{\"u}r CJK-Sprachen zur Verf{\"u}gung gestellt, die in Zusammenarbeit + mit dem Koma-Script-Paket syntaktisch korrekte {\"U}berschriften + produzieren. \par Dieser Artikel beschreibt Version 3.0.1 des Pakets.}, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {CJK-Paket, Fonts, Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, MULE}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:lerbs:bericht, + author = {Lothar Meyer Lerbs}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {46--48}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Macintosh}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:lickert:latex, + author = {Knut Lickert}, + title = {"`{\LaTeX} echt einfach"' von Roland Willms}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {1/02}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:lickert:latexfuer, + author = {Knut Lickert}, + title = {{\LaTeX}\ f{\"u}r Vereinsmeier: \minutes}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {3/00}, + pages = {45--52}, + month = sep, + abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \minutes\ + k{\"o}nnen Protokolle f{\"u}r Vereine o.\,{\"a}.\ erstellt werden. + Zusammen mit der Klasse \Lpack{scrartcl} werden einzelne Protokolle + erstellt, mit \Lpack{scrreprt}-artigen Klassen kann eine Zusammenfassung + mehrerer Protokolle erstellt werden. Das Paket ist im CTAN unter + \texttt{tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/} verf{\"u}gbar. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:lickert:blindtext, + author = {Knut Lickert}, + title = {blindtext.sty: Viel Text um Nichts}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {47--50}, + month = nov, + abstract = {Mit dem hier beschriebenen Paket \texttt{blindtext.sty} kann man schnell Text + erzeugen, um Klassen und Pakete zu testen. Das Paket ist im CTAN unter + \texttt{tex\_archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported/minutes/blindtext.dtx} verf{\"u}gbar. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:lickert.vieth:eurobachotex2002, + author = {Knut Lickert and Ulrik Vieth}, + title = {{EuroBacho\TeX\ 2002} in Bachotek/Polen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {45--53}, + month = oct, + abstract = {Vom 29.\ April bis zum 3.\ Mai 2002 fand in + Bachotek die 13.\ Euro\TeX, zugleich die 10.\ Bacho\TeX\ statt. Dieser + Bericht bietet eher einen (subjektiven) Eindruck über die Tagung.}, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:liebing:satzungsaenderung, + author = {Arnulf Liebing}, + title = {Satzungs{\"a}nderung -- Mitteilung des Satzungsauschusses}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {19--21}, + month = may, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:liebing:serienbriefe, + author = {Arnulf Liebing}, + title = {Serienbriefe mit {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {35--38}, + month = may, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:loeser:bericht, + author = {Christa Loeser}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {54--56}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:loeser:bericht, + author = {Christa Loeser}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {41--42}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:loeser:bericht, + author = {Christa Loeser}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {43}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:loeser:bericht, + author = {Christa Loeser}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {44-45}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:lotze:eurotex, + author = {Thomas Lotze }, + title = {Euro{\TeX}~2003 in Brest/Bretagne}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {15--23}, + month = nov, + abstract = { Die Euro{\TeX}~2003 fand + in der Zeit vom 24.~bis 27.~Juni nahe Brest in der Bretagne statt. + Dieser Bericht gilt nicht dem Vortragsprogramm, sondern soll vielmehr + meine pers{\"o}nlichen Eindr{\"u}cke von der Konferenz wiedergeben. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:loew:aufgabe, + author = {Michael L{\"o}w}, + title = {Aufgabe}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {45}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:malek:style-files, + author = {Matthias Malek}, + title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht -- zum {Z}weiten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {2/95}, + pages = {31--35}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Styles erstellen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:marquardt:dante99, + author = {Colin Marquardt}, + title = {Die DANTE'99}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {22-24}, + month = may, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:matthes:bericht, + author = {Henning Matthes}, + title = {Bericht von der {F}r{\"u}hjahrstagung in {A}ugsburg}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {20--23}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:mehl:anfaengerfragen, + author = {Albrecht Mehl}, + title = {Anf{\"a}ngerfragen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {2/93}, + pages = {59--61}, + month = sep, + note = {Mit einer Anmerkung der Redaktion}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, Umgebungen, Absatzformat, Minimalsystem}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:mehl.schmidt:grosse, + author = {Albrecht Mehl and Walter Schmidt}, + title = {Gro\ss{}e Zeichen in {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {58--59}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:meier:zukuenftigen, + author = {Frank Meier}, + title = {Zum zuk{\"u}nftigen {N}amen des {CTAN}-{S}ervers}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {58--59}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, CTAN}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:meyer-lerbs:bericht, + author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosch {A}bschlu{\ss}bericht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {24--25}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Macintosh}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht, + author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}acintosh}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {58--59}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Macintosh}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:meyer-lerbs:bericht, + author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {34}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Macintosh}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:meyer-lerbs:bericht, + author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {M}acintosh}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {35--36}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Macintosh}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:meyer-lerbs:so, + author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, + title = {So kommen {S}ie an {I}hr {\TeX} auf dem {M}ac}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {52--53}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:meyer-lerbs:viel, + author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, + title = {Viel {N}eues auf dem {M}ac}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {55--56}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, CMac\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:ganz, + author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, + title = {Ganz un{\TeX}nische {B}{\"u}cher}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {38--40}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.4:meyer-lerbs:tex, + author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, + title = {{\TeX} auf dem {M}ac}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {4/92}, + pages = {6}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Macintosh}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:klassiker, + author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, + title = {Zwei {K}lassiker der {T}ypographie}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {1/91}, + pages = {25--26}, + month = may, + note = {Rezension zweier B{\"u}cher von Jan Tschichold}, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension, Tschichold}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:meyer-lerbs:tips, + author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, + title = {Tips zum {T}abellensatz}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {1/91}, + pages = {27--29}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Tabellen, }, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:meyer-lerbs:macintosh, + author = {Lothar Meyer-Lerbs}, + title = {Der {M}acintosh und {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {28--40}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Macintosh, Oz\TeX, Direct\TeX, Textures}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:mischke:eps-grafiken, + author = {Peter Mischke}, + title = {{EPS-Grafiken}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {50--57}, + month = nov, + abstract = {"`Sag mal, wie kann ich eigentlich Grafiken in mein {\LaTeX}-Dokument einbinden?"' + Diese Frage hat jeder {\LaTeX}-Anwender schon einmal geh{\"o}rt. + "`Gar kein Problem! Speichere sie einfach im EPS-Format und binde + sie mit dem Befehl \verb|\includegraphics| ein"', lautet meist die + Antwort darauf. Der zweite Schritt bereitet tats{\"a}chlich selten + Probleme. Alle modernen {\TeX}-Systeme unterst{\"u}tzen diese Methode. + Au{\ss}erdem sind gute Dokumentationen zu dem Thema vorhanden). Probleme + treten jedoch h{\"a}ufig beim Speichern im EPS-Format auf. Anhand von + drei Beispielen aus der Praxis soll in diesem Artikel aufgezeigt + werden, wo Probleme entstehen k{\"o}nnen und wie sie zu umgehen sind. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:mischke:tex-umgebung, + author = {Peter Mischke}, + title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS}/2}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {4/96}, + pages = {56--59}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Editor}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:mittelbach:laudatio, + author = {Frank Mittelbach}, + title = {Laudatio auf Professor Hermann Zapf}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {31--36}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:mittelbach:math, + author = {Frank Mittelbach}, + title = {Math {F}ont {E}ncoding}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {26--27}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {Fonts (math), \LaTeX3}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:mittelbach:seitenzahlen, + author = {Frank Mittelbach}, + title = {Seitenzahlen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {50--52}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Markup, Seitenzahlen, \verb|fancyheadings|-Paket}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:mittelbach:latex3, + author = {Frank Mittelbach}, + title = {{\LaTeX3}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {15-22}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:mittelbach:brief, + author = {Frank Mittelbach}, + title = {Brief an den {E}ditor}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {42}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:comp, + title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion}, + publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + year = {2004}, + editor = {Frank Mittelbach}, + author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens and Johannes Braams and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley and Christine Detig and Joachim Schrod}, + series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting}, + address = {Boston}, + edition = {2}, + month = feb, + isbn = {0-201-36299-6}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:mittelbach.rowley:latex3, + author = {Frank Mittelbach and Chris Rowley}, + title = {Das {\LaTeX3} {P}rojekt}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {12--15}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX-News}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:molitor:brief, + author = {Ernst Molitor}, + title = {{B}rief an den {P}r{\"a}sidenten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {61--63}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:molitor:aufbereitung, + author = {Ernst Molitor}, + title = {Aufbereitung der {E}rgebnisse von {L}iteratur-{R}echerchen f{\"u}r {\LaTeX} und {\BibTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {31--36}, + month = jul, + abstract = {Die inzwischen vielerorts zug\"anglichen Literaturdatenbanken erleichtern die + Suche nach Literatur zu einem bestimmten Thema ganz erheblich. Die + Umwandlung des Ausgabeformats solcher Datenbanksysteme nach {\LaTeX} + und {\BibTeX} ist ohne geeignete Werkzeuge allerdings m\"uhsam. In + diesem Artikel m\"ochte ich ein kleines Programm beschreiben, das eine + solche Umwandlung eines bestimmten Literaturdatenbank-Ausgabeformates + bewerkstelligt. Das Programm ist unter Einsatz von {\textit{flex}} + geschrieben und baut auf der \textit{standard template library} auf.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Literaturrecherche, Datenbank, Umwandlung, Konverter, \BibTeX, medline, litlex}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:morawski:alt, + author = {Jens-Uwe Morawski}, + title = {Aus alt mach neu -- {\MP} Recycling}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {4/02}, + pages = {48--62}, + month = dec, + abstract = { \MP{} ist durch seinen + vielf{\"a}ltigen Funktionsvorrat und durch seine gute Integration in + das {\TeX}-System ein gern genutztes Werkzeug f{\"u}r ansprechende + Illustrationen. Dieser Artikel zeigt, wie mit geringem Aufwand bereits + vorhandene \MP-Arbeiten in eine neue Grafik integriert werden k{\"o}nnen. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:mueller:mit, + author = {Ralf M{\"u}ller}, + title = {Mit {\LaTeX} bequem Briefe schreiben}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {30--35}, + month = may, + abstract = {Das Schreiben von Briefen, insbesondere Serienbriefen, ist in + {\LaTeX} nicht sehr komfortabel. Daher benutzen viele f{\"u}r diese + Anwendungen gro{\ss}e WYSIWYG-Programme. Der Artikel stellt eine graphische + Benutzeroberfl{\"a}che vor, mit deren Hilfe das Schreiben von Briefen + und Serienbriefen extrem vereinfacht wird. Die Bedienung sowie die + Funktionsweise des Programmes \emph{tk\_Brief} wird dabei erl{\"a}utert. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:muench:protokoll, + author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch}, + title = {{P}rotokoll der {S}itzung {A}{K} {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {18--24}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:muench.schaa:20, + author = {Uwe M{\"u}nch and Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {20.~TUG-Konferenz, Vancouver/BC, Kanada}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {25--33}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neitmann:texim, + author = {Elisabeth Neitmann}, + title = {"`{\TeX}\ im Jahr 2003: Vorschl{\"a}ge und Thesen zur Zukunft von {\TeX}"', Heft 3/2000}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neubauer:belichtungsservice, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Belichtungsservice}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {12--14}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neubauer:buecher, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {B{\"u}cher bei {DANTE} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {70--73}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#theaterkasse#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:neubauer:grusswort, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {5--7}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:neubauer:offnener, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Offnener {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {33--35}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:neubauer:grusswort, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {5--10}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:neubauer:grusswort, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {5--7}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:neubauer:nachtrag, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Nachtrag zum {P}rotokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliderversammlung von {DANTE e.\,V.}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {18--19}, + month = dec, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:neubauer:feinheiten, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen -- {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {I}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {4/96}, + pages = {23-40}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Abk{\"u}rzungen, Akronyme, Einheiten, Himmelsrichtungen, Anf{\"u}hrungszeichen, + Satzzeichen, Auslassungen, Sonderzeichen, email-Adressen, Ligaturen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:neubauer:feinheiten, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Feinheiten bei wissenschaftlichen {P}ublikationen -- {M}ikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {25--44}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Mikrotypographie, Zahlen, Ziffern, Nummern, Striche, Klammern, geschachtelte Klammern, + Wortzwischenr{\"a}ume, Abst{\"a}nde, mathematischer Satz, Worttennungen, Zeilenumbruch}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:neubauer:software, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {19--20}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + iptvloume = {9}, + keywords = {Software, Verteilung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:neubauer:software, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Neue {S}oftware bei {DANTE} e.V.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {5--7}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Software, Verteilung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:neubauer:aeltere, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {{\"A}ltere {A}usgaben von {\TeX}-{B}{\"u}chern bei {DANTE} {e.V.}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {48--50}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#theaterkasse#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:neubauer:kalender, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Kalender in {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {43--45}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Kalender}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:neubauer:protokoll, + author = {Marion Neubauer}, + title = {Protokoll der {G}r{\"u}ndungsversammlung von {DANTE} {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {5--7}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {1/03}, + pages = {3--4}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {3--4}, + month = may, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {3/03}, + pages = {3}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {3}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {1/02}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {3--4}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:neugebauer:tipps, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Tipps und Tricks: Illustrationen f{\"u}r {\LaTeX} erstellen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {46--48}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {3}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {4/02}, + pages = {3}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {3}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.2:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {2/01}, + pages = {3}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {3/01}, + pages = {3}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {4/01}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {3}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {3}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:neugebauer:in, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {In Reih und Glied}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {21--34}, + month = jul, + abstract = {In {\LaTeX} erh{\"a}lt man sehr viel Unterst{\"u}tzung, wenn es um das + Setzen von Tabellen geht. Trotz der M{\"o}glichkeiten, die {\LaTeX} + selbst schon mitbringt, gibt es einige W{\"u}nsche, die erst durch + Zusatzpakete einfach zu realisieren sind. Es ist nicht immer ratsam, + alle Register zu ziehen. Auch hier bewahrheitet es sich, dass es auf + einen gezielten und {\"u}berlegten Einsatz ankommt, wenn man ein + ansprechendes und professionell aussehendes Ergebnis erzielen will. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {3/00}, + pages = {3}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:neugebauer:umbruch, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Umbruch in schmalen Spalten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {3/00}, + pages = {52--54}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {3}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:neugebauer:entstehung, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Die Entstehung der Mitgliedszeitschrift}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {50--52}, + month = nov, + abstract = {Diese Ausgabe der Mitgliederzeitschrift "`\DTK"' war + nicht ganz so einfach zu erstellen wie andere Ausgaben. Dies soll + zum Anlass genommen werden, den Entstehungsprozess zu skizzieren. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {1/99}, + pages = {3}, + month = feb, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:neugebauer:latex-tips, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {"`{\LaTeX}-{T}ips"' von {J.~Kenneth~Shultis}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {1/99}, + pages = {40--42}, + month = feb, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {3}, + month = may, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {3}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {3}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:tex-tools, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {"`{\TeX}-Tools"' von Klaus Braune}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {60--63}, + month = nov, + abstract = {{\TeX} besteht nicht nur aus dem eigentlichen Satzprogramm. Daneben gibt es noch eine + Vielzahl von n{\"u}tzlichen Programmen. Das hier beschriebene Buch ist + angetreten, etwas Ordnung in die Vielzahl der Zusatzprogramme zu bringen. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {3--4}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:neugebauer:editorial, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {3}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:neugebauer:genealogisches, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Genealogisches}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {4/96}, + pages = {41--53}, + month = feb, + abstract = {Manchmal braucht man ein spezielles Zeichen. Wenn man nicht sofort wei{\ss}, wie man das + Zeichen bekommt, mu{\ss} man sich auf die Suche danach machen. Dieser + Beitrag beschreibt eine solche Suche nach genealogischen Zeichen.}, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#fundus#}, + keywords = {Genealogische Zeichen, Fonts, textcomp, msam, \AMS-Fonts, + msbm, Waldis Symbol Font, wasy, St Mary's Road, bbding, Zapf-Dingbats}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:neugebauer:ueberfluessiges, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {{\"U}berfl{\"u}ssiges? --- {K}lammern um {M}akroargumente}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {9--13}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Klammerungen, Makros, Argumente, Token}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:neugebauer:vor, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {{V}or {G}ebrauch sch{\"u}tteln}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {26--36}, + month = oct, + abstract = {\glqq Outline\grqq-Schriften sind im \TeX-Umfeld nicht sehr verbreitet. Trotzdem kann die + Besch{\"a}ftigung mit der Erzeugung solcher Schriften einige Einsichten in die + Arbeitsweise von {\MF} vermitteln. In diesem Beitrag wird nicht nur die + Arbeitsweise einer Outline-Routine in {\MF} erl{\"a}utert und vorbereitete + Outline-Schriften vorgestellt, sondern auch gezeigt, wie man zu beliebigen + {\MF}-Schriften eine Outline-Variante erstellen und nutzen kann. }, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#fundus#}, + keywords = {Metafont, Outline-Fonts, outline}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:neugebauer:krakelig, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Von {\glqq}krakelig{\grqq} bis {\glqq}wie gemalt{\grqq}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {25--42}, + month = jun, + abstract = {Wir alle kennen zur Gen{\"u}ge die Computer-Modern-Schriften, die + standardm{\"a}{\ss}ig von {\TeX} verwendet werden. Sicher hat der eine + oder andere auch mit PostScript-Schriften wie Times, helvetics oder + LucidaBright seine Erfahrungen gesammelt. In diesem Artikel habe ich mir + Schreibschriften vorgenommen und die M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht, + ein handschrift{\"a}hnliches Aussehen mit {\LaTeX} zu produzieren.}, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#fundus#}, + keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, gftopk, + Lateinische Ausgangsschrift, lla, la, Vereinfachte Anfangsschrift, va, + vacal, twcal, calligra, script, S{\"u}tterlin, suet, schwell, Fonts}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:neugebauer:tafel-fett, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Tafel-{F}ett}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {44--53}, + month = aug, + abstract = {Manchmal ist es n{\"o}tig, die mathematischen Symbole f{\"u}r + die nat{\"u}rlichen Zahlen, die ganzen Zahlen, die komplexen Zahlen + oder {\"a}hnliche Symbole zu verwenden. Diese werden typischerweise + durch einen zus{\"a}tzlichen senkrechten Strich am Anfang der Letter + dargestellt. \par Es gibt verschiedene L{\"o}sungen f{\"u}r dieses + Problem. Einige dieser L{\"o}sungen sollen hier vorgestellt werden.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#fundus#}, + keywords = {Mengensymbole, blackboard bold, + \AmS-Fonts, bbold, mathbbol, doublestroke, dsfont, bbm, Mathematik}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:neugebauer:unentdeckte, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Das unentdeckte {L}and}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {36--56}, + month = dec, + abstract = {In diesem Beitrag wird ein Weg beschrieben, wie man \PS-Schriften zusammen mit + \TeX{} nutzen kann. Der Schwerpunkt liegt weniger auf der Verwendung + von bekannten Schriften wie Times oder Helvetica, sondern auf der + Einbindung von einzelnen Schriften, wie man sie auf Public-Domain-CDs oder + im Internet h{\"a}ufig findet. Dabei werden einige Schriften auch + beispielhaft vorgestellt. Diese sind Schriften nachempfunden, die in den + Fernsehserien und Filmen um das Raumschiff Enterprise zu sehen sind. }, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#fundus#}, + keywords = {StarTrek, PostScript Fonts, Schriften, fontinst, pltotf, tftopl, vptovf, vftovp, + gpreview, t1tools, t1utils, StarTrekTNGCrilleA, StarTrekClassicA, + StarTrekClassicMoviesA, StarTrekTNGTitleA, TNGMonitorsPlain, klinz}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:neugebauer:kurioses, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Kurioses aus dem {F}undus}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {2/95}, + pages = {41--43}, + month = sep, + abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden einige + Merkw{\"u}rdigkeiten in den Definitionen der Fontumschaltungsbefehle + \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small| und \verb|\scriptsize| in \LaTeX{} ausgezeigt.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Fontumschaltbefehle, \verb|\normalsize|, \verb|\small|, \verb|\scriptsize|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:neugebauer:setzen, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Setzen russischer {T}extteile mit {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {2/95}, + pages = {11--20}, + month = sep, + abstract = {In diesem Beitrag werden M{\"o}glichkeiten + aufgezeigt, wie Texte mit kyrillischen Zeichen in einem normalen + Text eingebracht werden k{\"o}nnen. Dabei werden insbesondere die + kyrillischen Zeichens{\"a}tze der University of Washington vorgestellt.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Metafont, Schriften, Fonts, Kyrillisch, wncyr, cmcyr}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:neugebauer:wie, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche {A}rbeiten?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {52--53}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension, Duden}, + reference = {Duden: \emph{Wie verfa{\ss}t man wissenschaftliche + Arbeiten?} \emph{\em Ein Leitfaden vom 1. Studiensemester bis zur + Promotion};\\ 1988, Duden Verlag Mannheim, Wien, Z{\"u}rich;\\ (Die Duden + Taschenb{\"u}cher: Bd.~21)\\ ISBN 3-411-02751-7\\ 216 Seiten, 12,80~DM }, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:neugebauer:klasse, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {Eine {K}lasse f{\"u}r {\glqq}{Die \TeX}nische {K}om{\"o}die{\grqq}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {4/95}, + pages = {6--15}, + month = mar, + abstract = {{\glqq}Die \TeX{}nische Kom{\"o}die{\grqq} wird + neuerdings mit \LaTeXe{} hergestellt. In diesem Artikel werden einige + Hintergr{\"u}nde der benutzten Dokumenten-Klasse erhellt. Wie er entstand, + welche M{\"o}glichkeiten er bietet und wie man ihn benutzen kann. }, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {dtk, \LaTeX-Klassen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:neugebauer:bibtool, + author = {Gerd Neugebauer}, + title = {\textsc{BibTool} -- {M}anipulation von {\BibTeX}-{D}ateien}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {4/94}, + pages = {4--11}, + month = feb, + abstract = {Es war einmal, da versp{\"u}rte ich das dringende Bed{\"u}rfnis, \BibTeX-Dateien aus + verschiedenen Quellen zusammen weiterzugeben. Da es sich dabei nicht nur um + einige wenige Eintr{\"a}ge in den \BibTeX-Dateien handelte, ergaben + sich daraus diverse Aufgaben, die gel{\"o}st werden mu{\ss}ten. Das + einfachste Problem war, da{\ss} das Erscheinungsbild vereinheitlicht + werden sollte. Das bedeutet, da{\ss} die Dateien neu formatiert werden + m{\"u}ssen. Das n{\"a}chste Problem war, die Vereinheitlichung der + Schl{\"u}ssel, unter denen die \BibTeX-Eintr{\"a}ge angesprochen + werden sollen. Schlie{\ss}lich und endlich ergab sich das Problem, die + Dateien zu sortieren. \par Da es damals noch keine entsprechenden + Werkzeuge gab -- insbesondere nicht f{\"u}r den Rechner, den ich + damals verwendete -- wurde das \textsc{BibTool}-Programm geboren. Als + dann einmal die grundlegenden Funktionen geschrieben waren, kamen + noch weitere hinzu, soda{\ss} man \textsc{BibTool} heute als das + Schweizer-Armee-Messer zur \BibTeX-Vorverarbeitung bezeichnen k{\"o}nnte.}, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {BibTeX, BibTool, Literaturverzeichnis}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:neugebauer:spaetsommer, + author = {Winfried P. Neugebauer}, + title = {Sp{\"a}tsommer in Heidelberg -- Bericht {\"u}ber die Euro{\TeX}'99}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {33--36}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:neuwirth:weiterentwicklung, + author = {Erich Neuwirth}, + title = {Die {W}eiterentwicklung von {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {13-15}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:neuwirth.obermiller:bericht, + author = {Erich Neuwirth and Walter Obermiller}, + title = {Bericht {\"u}ber die 10.~{T}agung der deutschsprachigen {\TeX} {I}nteressenten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {1/91}, + pages = {13--16}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:neuwirth:buchbesprechung, + author = {Konrad Neuwirth}, + title = {Buchbesprechung: {D}esign for {D}esktop {P}ublishing}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {42--43}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#magazin#}, + keywords = {DTP}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk89.0:neuwirth:metaplot, + author = {Konrad Neuwirth}, + title = {Meta{P}lot: und es geht doch!}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1989}, + volume = {0/89}, + pages = {27}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:niedermair, + title = {{\LaTeX}-Praxisbuch}, + publisher = {Franzis Verlag}, + year = {2004}, + author = {Elke Niedermair and Michael Niedermair}, + series = {Professional Series}, + address = {Poing}, + isbn = {3-7723-6109-9}, + keywords = {latex,textsatz,einfuehrung}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:niepraschk:anwendungen, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Anwendungen des {\LaTeX}-Pakets \textsf{preview}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {1/03}, + pages = {60--65}, + month = feb, + abstract = { Dieser Artikel beschreibt ein auf dem {\LaTeX}-Paket \textsf{preview} basierendes + Konzept zur Erzeugung von Grafikdateien, die in HTML-Dateien, mit + \mbox{pdf{\LaTeX}} oder anderen Verfahren verwendet werden k{\"o}nnen. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:niepraschk:berichtigung, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Berichtigung zu \enquote{Tierkunde einmal anders}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {1/03}, + pages = {65--66}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:niepraschk:pdf, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {PDF und \PS{} -- das {\LaTeX}-Paket ps4pdf}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {3/03}, + pages = {49--56}, + month = sep, + abstract = {Es wird ein Weg gezeigt, wie man mit relativ geringem Aufwand \PS-Code innerhalb + eines mit pdf{\LaTeX}\ zu bearbeitenden Dokuments verwenden kann.}, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:niepraschk:tipps, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Tipps und Tricks: Mal anders herum -- \emph{excludeonly}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {3/03}, + pages = {32--33}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:niepraschk:tipps, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Tipps und Tricks: eine \texttt{minipage}, die mitdenkt}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {63--65}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:niepraschk:tipps, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Tipps und Tricks: Mehrfachverweis auf Fu{\ss}noten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {34}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Tipps und Tricks: Tierkunde einmal anders}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {31--33}, + month = oct, + abstract = { }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*1, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Tipps und Tricks: Fette Schreibmaschinenschrift}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {43--44}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:niepraschk:tipps*2, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Tipps und Tricks: PDF-Datei vorhanden -- Brosch{\"u}re gew{\"u}nscht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {53--55}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:niepraschk:tipps, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Tipps und Tricks: Immer im Rahmen bleiben}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {4/02}, + pages = {27--28}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:niepraschk:make, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {make -- nur etwas für Profis?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {54--58}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:niepraschk:wiege, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Von der Wiege bis zur Bahre: Formulare}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {11--14}, + month = jul, + abstract = {In dem Artikel wird anhand des {\"U}berweisungsformulars gezeigt, wie hochwertige + Grafiken mit Hilfe des Makropakets PSTricks erzeugt werden k{\"o}nnen. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:niepraschk:poster, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Poster -- leicht gemacht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {40--47}, + month = nov, + abstract = {In dem Artikel wird gezeigt, wie aus einem einseitigen in {\"u}blicher Art geschriebenen + {\LaTeX}-Dokument unter Zuhilfenahme des Programms \texttt{poster} + ein Poster in beliebiger Gr{\"o}{\ss}e hergestellt werden kann. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:niepraschk:ueberschreiben, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {{\"U}berschreiben erlaubt -- das \texttt{overpic}-{P}aket}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {1/99}, + pages = {27--29}, + month = feb, + abstract = {Im folgenden Beispiel wird das \LaTeX-Paket \texttt{overpic} + vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel gezeigt, wie damit EPS-Grafiken + nachtr{\"a}glich durch \LaTeX-Anweisungen erg{\"a}nzt werden k{\"o}nnen.}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:niepraschk:verflixte, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it, {H}eft 4/97}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {56--57}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, 8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC), EC-Fonts}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:niepraschk:psfrag-paket, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {Das {PSfrag}-{P}aket}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {36--39}, + month = jul, + abstract = {Im folgenden Artikel wird das {\LaTeX}-Paket {\textsf{PSfrag}} + vorgestellt und an einem Beispiel gezeigt, wie damit Textbestandteile von + \texttt{eps-}Grafiken nachtr{\"a}glich ver{\"a}ndert werden k{\"o}nnen.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#fundus#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:niepraschk:zaehler, + author = {Rolf Niepraschk}, + title = {{Z}{\"a}hler nicht zur{\"u}cksetzen, {H}eft 2/97}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {44}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {\verb|removefr|, \verb|remreset|, Z{\"a}hler}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:nitschke:markieren, + author = {Dirk Nitschke}, + title = {Markieren von {F}ormeln}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {40--42}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Formelsatz}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:nowacki:poligraf, + author = {Janusz Marian Nowacki}, + title = {"`Poligraf"' oder "`Zwischen {\TeX}\ und der Druckerei"' -- der zweite Versuch}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {3/01}, + pages = {46--52}, + month = sep, + abstract = { W{\"a}hrend der IV. Konferenz "`Bacho{\TeX}\,'96"' der polnischen {\TeX}-Benutzergruppe habe + ich zum ersten Mal das Makro-Paket \textsc{Poligraf} vorgestellt. + Jetzt m{\"o}chte ich eine neue Version ver{\"o}ffentlichen, in die + R{\"u}ckmeldungen und Verbesserungsvorschl{\"a}ge eingeflossen sind. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:nuechter:beschleunigung, + author = {Peter N{\"u}chter}, + title = {Beschleunigung eines {\LaTeX}-{D}urchlaufs}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {64--66}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Formatdatei, \verb|initex|, \verb|virtex|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:oberdiek:leserbrief, + author = {Heiko Oberdiek}, + title = {Zum {L}eserbrief {"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX}"', {H}eft 4/97}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {56}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:obermiller:latex2e, + author = {Walter Obermiller}, + title = {"`{\LaTeXe} -- Tipps \& Tricks"' von Ingo Kl{\"o}ckl}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {4/01}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:partl:notizen, + author = {Hubert Partl}, + title = {Notizen zu {L}ayout und {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {3/90}, + pages = {22--26}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:beschluesse, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 3.~April 2003 in Bremen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {8--11}, + month = may, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:tex, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Der {\TeX} nische Beraterkreis}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {15--17}, + month = may, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:partosch:vereinsinterne, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {17--20}, + month = may, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:partosch:protokoll, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Protokoll der 29.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante{} am 9.~September 2003 in Rauischholzhausen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {5--12}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:partosch:beschluesse, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 26.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 23.~Februar 2002 in Erlangen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {7--10}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:partosch:vereinsinterne, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {18--20}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:partosch:beschluesse, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 27.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante} am 5.~Oktober 2002 in Augsburg}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {4/02}, + pages = {6--9}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:partosch:protokoll, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Protokoll der 24.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 3.~M{\"a}rz 2001 in Rosenheim}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {6--15}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:partosch:vereinsinterne, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {27--29}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:partosch:protokoll, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Protokoll der 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 28.~September 2001 in Kerkrade}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {4/01}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:beraterkreis, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Beraterkreis, ein Res{\"u}mee}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {26--27}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:beschluesse, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 22.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante{}} am 11.~M{\"a}rz 2000 in Clausthal-Zellerfeld}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {6--10}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:partosch:vereinsinterne, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Vereinsinterne Kommunikation per E-Mail}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {24--26}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:partosch:protokoll, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Protokoll der 23.~Mitgliederversammlung von {DANTE~e.V.} am 7.~Oktober 2000 in Hagen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {6--10}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:partosch:protokoll, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Protokoll der 20.~Mitgliederversammlung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {5--16}, + month = may, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:partosch:beraterkreis, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Beraterkreis, ein vorl{\"a}ufiges und vorsichtiges Res{\"u}mee}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {11--12}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:partosch:beschluesse, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Beschl{\"u}sse der 21.~Mitgliederversammlung von DANTE~e.V. am 19.~September 1999 in Heidelberg}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {5--11}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:partosch:protokoll, + author = {G{\"u}nter Partosch}, + title = {Protokoll der 19.\ {M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE e.\,V.}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {5--18}, + month = dec, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:pauli:wissenschaftliche, + author = {Guido F. Pauli}, + title = {Wissenschaftliche {P}ublikationen und {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {55}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:pfeiffer:winword, + author = {Horst Pfeiffer}, + title = {Win{W}ord versus {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {4/94}, + pages = {31--34}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, WinWord}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:pfennig, + title = {Thermodynamik der Gemische}, + publisher = {Springer}, + year = {2003}, + author = {Andreas Pfennig}, + address = {Berlin}, + month = sep, + isbn = {3-540-02776-9}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:pirnay:hilfsprogramme, + author = {Jens Pirnay}, + title = {Hilfsprogramme f{\"u}r {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {3/90}, + pages = {30--33}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:pirnay:ueberblick, + author = {Jens Pirnay}, + title = {{{\"U}}berblick {\"u}ber die {M}{\"o}glichkeiten von {\TeX}draw f{\"u}r den {A}tari}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {22--23}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\TeX{}draw, Atari}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:porto:weiterhin, + author = {Markus Porto}, + title = {Weiterhin guten {A}ppetit!}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {31--32}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:porto:tex-service, + author = {Markus Porto}, + title = {{\TeX}-{S}ervice des {HRZ} der {U}niversit{\"a}t {G}ie{\ss}en}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {43--46}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Online-Hilfe, WWW}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:post:erstes, + author = {Christa Post}, + title = {{"`E}rstes {A}rbeiten mit {\TeX"`} von {A}rnulf {L}iebing}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {43--44}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, + reference = {Arnulf Liebing: \emph{Erstes Arbeiten mit \TeX}\\ + Prentice Hall, 1996;\\ ISBN 3-8272-9521-1\\ 192 Seiten, 39,95~DM}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:post:protokoll, + author = {Christa Post}, + title = {Protokoll der 18.~{M}itgliederversammlung von {DANTE}, {D}eutschsprachige {A}nwendervereinigung {\TeX} e.V.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {8--28}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:gelehrten, + title = {Die Gelehrten der Scheibenwelt}, + publisher = {Heyne}, + year = {2000}, + author = {Terry Pratchett and Ian Stewart and Jack Cohen}, + month = aug, + isbn = {3-453-17330-9}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:preisendanz:bericht, + author = {Christa Preisendanz}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {V}erlag und {B}uchhandel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {63--64}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Verlag, Buchhandel}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:preusse:latexfuer, + author = {Hilmar Preu{\ss}e}, + title = {"`{\LaTeX}\ f{\"u}r Dummies"' Christian Baun}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {3/03}, + pages = {59--63}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:project:mehr, + author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project}, + title = {Mehr vom {\TeX}-L{\"o}wen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {50--51}, + month = may, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:praesidium:schriftliche, + author = {Pr{\"a}sidium}, + title = {{S}chriftliche {A}ntwort auf den {"`O}ffenen {B}rief{"'}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {56--60}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.4:raichle:llllllletzte, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Der llllllletzte {\TeX}-Fehler?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {4/01}, + month = nov, + abstract = { Karel Skoup\'y, der Implementierer von \NTS, + fand am 13.~Oktober 2000 den bislang letzten Fehler im Quellcode von + {\TeX}. Er verglich DVI-Dateien, die {\TeX} und das von ihm in Java + implementierte \NTS\ erzeugt hatten, und wunderte sich, dass ein + kleiner Unterschied auftrat: In der von \NTS\ erzeugten DVI-Datei war + genau ein Zeichen zuviel, ein kleiner Punkt. Dieser zus{\"a}tzliche + Punkt stellte sich bei der anschlie{\ss}enden Untersuchung nicht + als Fehler von \NTS, sondern als Fehler im Quellcode von {\TeX}, + der die Anweisung \CMD{xleaders} realisiert, heraus. Er wurde an + Donald E.\ Knuth gemeldet. Da Knuth nur in gr{\"o}{\ss}eren zeitlichen + Abst{\"a}nden Fehlermeldungen bearbeitet, steht eine Antwort noch aus. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:raichle:anlegen, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Anlegen einer Liste der Definitionen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {36--39}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:raichle:vertikal, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Vertikal zentrierte {S}eiten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {1/99}, + pages = {37--39}, + month = feb, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:raichle:abkuerzungspunkt, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Abk{\"u}rzungspunkt am {S}atzende}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {45}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {\verb|xpoint.sty|, Macros, Satzzeichen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:raichle:bericht, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {$\varepsilon$-\TeX}, {\NTS} und {G}erman-{S}tyle}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {56--58}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {e-\TeX, german-Style, NTS}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:raichle:editorial, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {3--4}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:raichle:texikon, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {{D}as {\TeX}ikon, {H}eft 1/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {23--24}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {\TeX{}ikon}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:raichle:bericht, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {45--46}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {german-Style}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:raichle:orale, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III} ({A}ddendum)}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {33--37}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:raichle:roman, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Roman statt {I}talic in mathematischen {F}ormeln}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {54--55}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Fonts (math), Formelsatz, \verb|\mathrm|, Mathematik}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:raichle:bericht, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {G}erman-{S}tyle}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {58--60}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {german-Style}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:raichle:bericht, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {36--37}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {german-Style}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:raichle:datumsangaben, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Datumsangaben}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {2/95}, + pages = {36--37}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Datumsangaben}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:raichle:orale, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {II}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {2/95}, + pages = {20--30}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:raichle:bericht, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman {S}tyle}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {37--39}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {german-Style}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:raichle:tex, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {{\TeX} {C}apacity exceeded \dots{} -- {T}eil {I}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {22--33}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\TeX Capacity exceeded, Zwischenspeicher}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:raichle:kapitaelchen, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Kapit{\"a}lchen in {{\"U}}berschriften}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {4/95}, + pages = {41--42}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Kapit{\"a}lchen, Fonts}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.4:raichle:orale, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {III}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {4/95}, + pages = {15--29}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:raichle:tex3, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {{\TeX3} von {V}ersion 3.0 bis 3.1415}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {14--26}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:raichle:bericht, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {G}erman Style}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {39--40}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {german-Style}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:raichle:orale, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Orale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} -- {T}eil {I}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {4/94}, + pages = {16--23}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Schleifen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:raichle:umlaute, + author = {Bernd Raichle}, + title = {Umlaute im {\BibTeX}-{S}tylebefehl \textsc{macro}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {25--27}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Umlaute, BibTeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:redaktionsteam:latex-raetsel, + author = {Redaktionsteam}, + title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel: {D}ie {A}uf{\/}l{\"o}sung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {64--68}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:reichert:einheit-liches, + author = {Axel Reichert}, + title = {Einheit-liches}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {25--28}, + month = dec, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:reincke:digital, + author = {Torsten Reincke}, + title = {\glqq Digital Typography\grqq\ von Donald E. Knuth}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {3/00}, + pages = {55-57}, + month = sep, + abstract = {Dieses Buch von Donald Knuth ist + eine reichhaltige Textsammlung von Artikeln und Reden, die Knuth im + Laufe der Geschichte von {\TeX}\ und \MF\ verfasst hat. Nur drei + Kapitel sind neu, die anderen sind Nachdrucke aus verschiedensten + Zeitschriften. In Knuths unvergleichlicher Art erf{\"a}hrt der Leser viel + Interessantes, aber auch Kurioses zur digitalen Typographie seit 1977. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:reincke:typographie, + author = {Torsten Reincke}, + title = {"` Typographie -- wann wer wie"' von Friedrich Friedl, Nicolaus Ott und Bernard Stein}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {47--49}, + month = may, + abstract = {Wer sich f{\"u}r Typographie + und insbesondere das Schaffen von Typographen, Schriftschneidern, + Grafik-Designern und anderen K{\"u}nstlern interessiert, findet in + diesem Nachschlagewerk eine reichhaltige Auswahl des Schriftschaffens + mit {\"u}ber 2000 Abbildungen. Von der Titelseite bis zum Logo und + Plakat ist dieses Buch ein Abbild typographischer Kultur durch die + Jahrhunderte bis in unsere Zeit und wird mit einem Geschichtsteil + und einem kurzen Abschnitt zu den Schriftwerkzeugen abgerundet. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:riedel:belichter, + author = {Wolfgang Riedel}, + title = {Belichter gesucht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {44}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:riessinger, + title = {Mathematik für Ingenieure.}, + publisher = {Springer}, + year = {2001}, + author = {Thomas Rießinger}, + address = {Berlin}, + edition = {2}, + month = jul, + isbn = {3-540-41971-3}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:ringhandt:a4, + author = {Andreas Ringhandt}, + title = {Von {A}4 zu {A}5}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {46--47}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, A4, A5}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa:lizenzabkommen, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r \WinEdt}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {20--21}, + month = may, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa:projektfonds, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Projektfonds}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {14--15}, + month = may, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:schaa:danksagung, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Danksagung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {29--30}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:schaa:grusswort, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {1/02}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa:lizenzabkommen, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r \WinEdt{}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {20--21}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:schaa:buchbestand, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Buchbestand bei \dante}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {30--31}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:schaa:winedt, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {{\textsf{WinEdt}} -- Zum Stand der Dinge}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {29--30}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:schaa:altlasten, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Altlasten -- Floppies und CD-ROMs}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {29--30}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:schaa:lizenzabkommen, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Lizenzabkommen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {27--29}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:schaa:ergaenzung, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Erg{\"a}nzung zum {L}izenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt\(^\mathrm{TM}\)}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {1/99}, + pages = {5--6}, + month = feb, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:schaa:4alltex-cd-rom, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {4all{\TeX}-CD-ROM bei \dante}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {5}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:schaa:altlasten, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Altlasten -- Disketten und CD-ROMs}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {19--20}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {18--19}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {WinEdt}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schaa:lizenzabkommen, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Lizenzabkommen f{\"u}r {WinEdt$^\mathrm{TM}$}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {20--21}, + month = dec, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schaa:bericht, + author = {Volker RW Schaa}, + title = {Bericht von der 17.~{T}agung der {TUG} -- {(Cyr)TUG} 96 in {D}ubna}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {26--30}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, + author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {1/03}, + pages = {5--7}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, + author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {5--7}, + month = may, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, + author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {3/03}, + pages = {4--7}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, + author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {4--5}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, + author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {5--6}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:schaa.hoeppner:grusswort, + author = {Volker RW Schaa and Klaus H{\"o}ppner}, + title = {Gru{\ss}wort}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {4}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:schaa.weibezahn:einladung, + author = {Volker RW Schaa and Roland Weibezahn}, + title = {Einladung zur {\TeX}-Tagung {DANTE\,2003} und 28.~Mitgliederversammlung von {\dante}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {1/03}, + pages = {7--8}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:schaa.wilhelms:einladung, + author = {Volker RW Schaa and Gerhard Wilhelms}, + title = {Einladung zur Herbsttagung und 27.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {25--26}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:schalueck:night, + author = {Elmar Schal{\"u}ck}, + title = {A {N}ight at the {O}pera -- {Z}wei {K}onzertberichte}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {23--26}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Mu\TeX, Music\TeX, Musiknotensatz}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schank:tex, + author = {Michael Schank}, + title = {{\TeX} und {OS/2} 2.x}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {39--42}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {OS/2, Emacs, Auc\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schank:texit, + author = {Michael Schank}, + title = {{\TeX}{IT}! for {OS}/2}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {4/94}, + pages = {34--35}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, em\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:schank:tex, + author = {Michael Schank}, + title = {{\TeX} und {OS}/22.x}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {39--40}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {OS/2, em\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:scherer:graphiken, + author = {Andreas Scherer}, + title = {Graphiken mit \textsc{GnuPlot} und {\MF} -- {K}orrektur}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {29--33}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:scherer:promillezeichen, + author = {Andreas Scherer}, + title = {Das {P}romillezeichen als {\TeX}-{M}akro \dots}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {42--45}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Promillezeichen, Metafont}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:scherer:graphiken, + author = {Andreas Scherer}, + title = {Graphiken mit {G}nu{PLOT} und {\MF}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {26--30}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\textsc{GnuPlot}, Metafont, Graphik}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:motion, + title = {Motion Mountain -- A hike through and beyond space and time following the concepts of modern physics}, + year = {2005}, + author = {Christoph Schiller}, + edition = {17}, + month = jan, + abstract = {How does one empty a bottle as + rapidly as possible? What are the highest force and power in nature? + How does one connect water pipes to a turning wheel? What are the + dangers of a can of beans? What is the one single page of unsolved + problems in fundamental physics? This physics textbook with over 1000 + pages on the undergraduate level, is written to be entertaining, + surprising and challenging on every page. After presenting classical + mechanics it provides an introduction to thermodynamics, special + relativity, general relativity, electrodynamics and quantum theory. Each of + these topics is summarized by an inequality: the minimum entropy, + the maximum speed, the maximum force, the minimum change of charge + and the minimum action. Each inequality implies the central results + of the respective field. Finally, the present unification attempts + are presented in light of these limits. For each field of physics, + the text contains the latest research results, the best physical + quizzes and the most telling physical curiosities. Over 630 solved + challenges and 450 figures, photographs and tables are included.}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, + url = {http://www.motionmountain.net/}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:schlechte:theoremverzeichnisse, + author = {Andreas Schlechte}, + title = {Theoremverzeichnisse automatisch erstellen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {4/96}, + pages = {9--16}, + month = feb, + abstract = {In diesem Artikel m{\"o}chte + ich ein erweitertes Theorem-Paket vorstellen, das dem Anwender die + M{\"o}glichkeit gibt, leicht und flexibel Theoremverzeichnisse zu erstellen. + Zus{\"a}tzlich werden weitere hilfreiche Funktionen vorgestellt.}, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Theoremverzeichnis, Verzeichnis}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schlechte:texikon, + author = {Andreas Schlechte}, + title = {Das {\TeX}ikon -- {R}eferenzhandbuch f{\"u}r {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {66--68}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension, Nachschlagewerk}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schlechte:raechtschraibrehform, + author = {Andreas Schlechte}, + title = {{D}ie neue {R}{\"a}chtschraibrehform}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {15--22}, + month = oct, + abstract = {Zur Zeit vergeht kaum ein Monat, in dem nicht wieder eine neue Diskussion zur neuen + Rechtschreibreform aufgeworfen wird. Viele Menschen werden durch {\"u}berzogene + Beispiele und Gegendarstellungen verunsichert. In diesem Artikel + werde ich die wesentlichen {\"A}nderungen aufzeigen, eine -- mit + meiner pers{\"o}nlichen Meinung unterlegte -- Bewertung versuchen + und ein wenig auf die Umstellung f{\"u}r \TeX-Anwender eingehen.}, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Rechtschreibreform, Silbentrennung, german-Paket}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schlechte:-, + author = {Andreas Schlechte}, + title = {{\MakeIndex} -- {D}em {F}ehler auf der {S}pur}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {31--35}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {{\MakeIndex}, Fehlerbericht, Index}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:schleicher:kompatible, + author = {Ralph Schleicher}, + title = {Kompatible {\TeX}-{M}akros f{\"u}r erweiterte {Z}eichens{\"a}tze}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {34--39}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Makroprogrammierung, Makrodefinition}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:schmidt:metafont-spielereien, + author = {Jens Schmidt}, + title = {{\MF}-{S}pielereien}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {46--48}, + month = may, + note = {Beschreibung eines ausgefallenen, {\glqq}schwimmenden{\grqq} Fonts.}, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Metafont, cmnerv, Fonts, Schriften}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:schmidt:tagungsbericht, + author = {Jens Schmidt}, + title = {Tagungsbericht von der {\TeX}90 in {C}ork}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {3/90}, + pages = {9--11}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht, Cork}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:schmidt:original, + author = {Walter Schmidt}, + title = {Original oder F{\"a}lschung?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {60--62}, + month = jul, + abstract = {In Verbindung mit dem freien \PS-Interpreter Ghostscript wird + eine fehlerhafte Version der Schrift Helvetica verteilt. Der Aufsatz + beschreibt, wie man diese durch die originale Adobe-Helvetica ersetzt, und + wie letztere, v{\"o}llig legal, kostenlos beschafft werden kann. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:schmidt:euro-symbol, + author = {Walter Schmidt}, + title = {Das Euro-Symbol f{\"u}r {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {25--30}, + month = may, + abstract = {F{\"u}r die W{\"a}hrungseinheit Euro wurde ein eigenes Symbol definiert. Der + Aufsatz beschreibt verschiedene Zeichens{\"a}tze und Makropakete, die + Euro-Zeichen f{\"u}r die Verwendung mit {\LaTeX} bereitstellen. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schmidt:tex, + author = {Walter Schmidt}, + title = {{\TeX} und die neue deutsche {R}echtschreibung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {35--37}, + month = sep, + abstract = {Die neuen Schreibregeln f{\"u}r die deutsche Sprache machen {\"A}nderungen an + Silbentrennmustern und an Makropaketen erforderlich. In Zukunft mu{\ss} sowohl + die traditionelle als auch die neue Rechtschreibung unterst{\"u}tzt + werden, Dieser Aufsatz beschreibt die entsprechenden Neuerungen.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Rechtschreibung, Silbentrennung, german-Style}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schmidt:tex-umgebung, + author = {Walter Schmidt}, + title = {Eine {\TeX}-{U}mgebung f{\"u}r {OS/2}, {H}eft 4/96}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {64}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2, EPM\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:schmidt:absaetze, + author = {Walter Schmidt}, + title = {Abs{\"a}tze -- einmal anders}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {19--22}, + month = jul, + abstract = {Kennzeichnet man den Beginn eines Absatzes weder mit + einem Einzug noch mit zus{\"a}tzlichen Durchschu{\ss}, dann ist er + nicht mehr erkennbar, wenn der vorausgehende Absatz gerade mit einer + vollen Zeile endet. Es wird beschrieben, wie {\TeX} dieses Problem + selbst{\"a}ndig beheben kann und worauf man dabei zu achten hat.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Absatzformen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schmidt:antwort, + author = {Walter Schmidt}, + title = {{A}ntwort auf den {L}eserbrief von {H}enning {B}{\"o}ke}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {40}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schmidt:tex-kompatible, + author = {Walter Schmidt}, + title = {{\TeX}-kompatible {R}echtschreibpr{\"u}fung f{\"u}r den {E}ditor {EPM} unter {OS/2} {W}arp}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {11--13}, + month = oct, + abstract = {Der sogenannte \glqq erweiterte Editor\grqq{} des Betriebssystems + OS/2 l{\"a}{\ss}t sich als komfortable Umgebung f{\"u}r \TeX{} und + \LaTeX{} einrichten. Der Artikel beschreibt, wie man ihn um eine + \TeX-kompatible Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung erg{\"a}nzt, die sowohl Deutsch + als auch Englisch und zahlreiche weitere Sprachen unterst{\"u}tzt.}, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {EPM, OS/2, Rechtschreibpr{\"u}fung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schmidt:latex, + author = {Walter Schmidt}, + title = {{\LaTeX} f{\"u}r {T}echniker}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {32--36}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Formelsatz}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schmidt:umsteigen, + author = {Walter Schmidt}, + title = {Umsteigen auf {\LaTeXe}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {26--31}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\LaTeXe-Installation, \LaTeX~2.09}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schmidt:computer, + author = {Walter Schmidt}, + title = {Computer {M}odern {B}right}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {4/94}, + pages = {11--16}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Schriften, Fonts, Computer Modern Bright, }, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:schmitt:interlinear-versionen, + author = {Peter Schmitt}, + title = {Interlinear-Versionen: ein Vorschlag}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {34--41}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schmitt:dezimalkomma, + author = {Peter Schmitt}, + title = {{"`D}ezimalkomma beim {\TeX}satz in deutsch{"'}, {H}eft 1/94}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {50}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Dezimalkomma, Formelsatz, Komma in Zahlen, Mathematik}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schmitt:orale, + author = {Peter Schmitt}, + title = {{"`O}rale {S}pielereien mit {\TeX} {--} {T}eil {III} ({A}ddendum){"'}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {50--53}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, \verb|\relax|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schmitt:tex-raetsel, + author = {Peter Schmitt}, + title = {Ein {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {46--48}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {R{\"a}tsel, Klammern}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:schmitt:bemerkungen, + author = {Peter Schmitt}, + title = {Einige {B}emerkungen zu den {DC}-{F}onts}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {35--37}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schoppmann:bericht, + author = {Harald Schoppmann}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.V.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {59--61}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Mailbox}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schoppmann:bericht, + author = {Harald Schoppmann}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {60--61}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Mailbox}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.4:schoppmann:tex, + author = {Harald Schoppmann}, + title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r {H}eimwerker}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {4/94}, + pages = {37--39}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schrell:stammtisch, + author = {Andreas Schrell}, + title = {Der {S}tammtisch in {W}uppertal}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {8--10}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:schrod:bericht, + author = {Joachim Schrod}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- dvi-{T}reiberentwicklung und {SGML}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {38--41}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Treiber, SGML}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:schrod:bericht, + author = {Joachim Schrod}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiberentwicklung und {SGML}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {41--42}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.3:schrod:tds, + author = {Joachim Schrod}, + title = {{TDS} -- {D}ie vorgeschlagene {\TeX} {D}irectory {S}tructure}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {3/95}, + pages = {44--47}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {TDS, Verzeichnisstruktur, Standard}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schrod:bericht, + author = {Joachim Schrod}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {T}reiber}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {42--44}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Treiber}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:komponenten, + author = {Joachim Schrod}, + title = {Die {K}omponenten von {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {21--29}, + month = aug, + abstract = {{\TeX} ben{\"o}tigt eine gro{\ss}e Anzahl an Hilfskomponenten (Dateien und + Programme), deren Bedeutung und gegenseitige Beziehung oft nicht bekannt + ist. F{\"u}r das Kernsystem {\TeX} werden die Komponenten und ihre + Beziehungen, die f{\"u}r den {\TeX}-Benutzer sichtbar sind, erl{\"a}utert.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\TeX-Komponenten}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:site-koordinator, + author = {Joachim Schrod}, + title = {Site-{K}oordinator f{\"u}r {T}reiber -- {W}as ist das?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {30--32}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.2:schrod:status, + author = {Joachim Schrod}, + title = {Zum {S}tatus verteilter {S}oftware}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {2/90}, + pages = {32--34}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Shareware, Public Domain, Freeware}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:schrod:bemerkungen, + author = {Joachim Schrod}, + title = {Bemerkungen zur deutschsprachigen {V}ersion des {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tiles}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {14--16}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {BibTeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schroeder:tex, + author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {{\TeX} {M}erchandising---{A}n {A}nnouncement}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {48--49}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {Merchandising}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schroeder:latex, + author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {"`{\LaTeX}: kurz \& gut"' von {M}atthias {K}alle {D}alheimer}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {37--39}, + month = dec, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:schroeder:tex-loewe, + author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {Der {\TeX}-{L}{\"o}we zum {A}nfassen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {50--51}, + month = dec, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schroeder:dante97, + author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {{DANTE}'97 in {M}{\"u}nchen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {21--24}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:schroeder:texies, + author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {{\TeX}ies, fahrt nach {H}eidelberg}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {56--57}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:schroeder:mehr, + author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {Mehr {P}romillezeichen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {54}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Promillezeichen, wasy, Waldis Symbol Font, Fonts, Schriften}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schroeder:gedanken, + author = {Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {Gedanken zum {G}edankenstrich}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {53--55}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Gedankenstriche}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:schurr:documentstyle-familie, + author = {Oliver Schurr}, + title = {Die documentstyle-{F}amilie \texttt{SCRIPT}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {27--28}, + month = nov, + abstract = {Die documentsytle-Familie \texttt{SCRIPT} von Frank Neukam erm{\"o}glicht erstmals + eine deutliche Verbesserung des Layouts von Texten, die mit {\LaTeX} + gesetzt sind. Sie erlaubt u.\,a. eine sehr komfortable Einstellung des + Satzspiegels f{\"u}r die verschiedenen DIN-Formate und enth{\"a}lt + einen Briefstil, der in der {\TeX}-Gemeinde seines gleichen sucht.}, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {|SCRIPT|, Dokumentstyle}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:schurr:grafikeinbindung, + author = {Oliver Schurr}, + title = {Grafikeinbindung (!) in {\TeX} mit {HPTOMF} -- {E}in {E}rfahrungsbericht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {1/91}, + pages = {23--24}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {HPTOMF, Grafik, Bilder}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schwarz:bericht, + author = {Norbert Schwarz}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {NOS/VE} {\&} {\MF}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {36}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {NOS/VE, Metafont}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:python, + title = {Workshop Python}, + publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + year = {2002}, + author = {Stefan Schwarzer}, + address = {München}, + month = may, + isbn = {3-8273-1880-7}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schaeffler:auseinandersetzungen, + author = {Markus Sch{\"a}ffler}, + title = {Auseinandersetzungen beenden}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {59--60}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:schaenzel:druckertreiber, + author = {Roland Sch{\"a}nzel}, + title = {Druckertreiber gesucht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {50}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:schoebel:ich, + author = {Wolfgang Sch{\"o}bel}, + title = {{I}ch h{\"a}tt' da mal 'ne {F}rage}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {45--46}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:schoepf:bericht, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {25}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Server}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:schoepf:antwort, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Antwort auf den offenen {B}rief an das {CTAN}-{T}eam}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {60--63}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.4:schoepf:seitenumbrueche, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Seitenumbr{\"u}che in {L}isten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {4/96}, + pages = {54--55}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {Seitenumbruch, Listen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.1:schoepf:bericht, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {1/97}, + pages = {62}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Server}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:schoepf:bericht, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {53}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Server}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:schoepf:bericht, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirats -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {62--63}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Server}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:schoepf:bericht, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {38--39}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Server}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:schoepf:buecher, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Zwei neue {B}{\"u}cher}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {47--49}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:schoepf:bericht, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {S}erver-{K}oordination}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {41}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Server}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:schoepf:tex-raetsel, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel -- die {A}ufl{\"o}sung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {50}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {R{\"a}tsel}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:schoepf:softwareverteilung, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Softwareverteilung durch elektronische {N}etze {I} -- {D}ie {\TeX}-{S}erver in {H}eidelberg und {S}tuttgart}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {26--32}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:schoepf:tex-benutzer, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {{\TeX}-{B}enutzer -- {E}in {P}ortrait}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {3/91}, + pages = {41--43}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Humor, Satire}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:schoepf:tex-raetsel, + author = {Rainer Sch{\"o}pf}, + title = {Drei {\TeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {46}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#schonimmer#}, + keywords = {R{\"a}tsel}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:schuetze:math, + author = {Torsten Sch{\"u}tze}, + title = {"`Math into \LaTeX"' von Georg Gr{\"a}tzer}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {51--53}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:seitz:arbeitskreis, + author = {Peter Seitz}, + title = {Arbeitskreis {\"O}ffentlichkeitsarbeit}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {31--32}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.4:seitz:eindruecke, + author = {Peter Seitz}, + title = {Eindr{\"u}cke vom {H}erbst in {E}ichst{\"a}tt}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/98}, + pages = {22--24}, + month = dec, + annote = {#theatertage#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:siart:bayerischer, + author = {Uwe Siart}, + title = {1. Bayerischer {\TeX}-Stammtisch in N{\"u}rnberg}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {3/03}, + pages = {8--9}, + month = sep, + abstract = { Insgesamt zehn Mitglieder der beiden bayerischen {\TeX}-Stammtische in + Erlangen und M{\"u}nchen trafen sich am Samstag, den 9.~August 2003 zum + ersten Mal zu einem gemeinsamen {\TeX}-Stammtisch in N{\"u}rnberg. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:siart:ansprechende, + author = {Uwe Siart}, + title = {Ansprechende technische Illustration mit \MP}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {1/02}, + month = mar, + abstract = { \MP\ ist eine Grafik-Beschreibungssprache zur Erstellung qualitativ hochstehender Vektorzeichnungen. + Obwohl der Compiler in praktisch allen modernen {\TeX}-Distributionen + enthalten ist, findet \MP\ noch relativ wenig Beachtung. \MP\ ist + besonders geeignet zur Erstellung von Strichzeichnungen, wie sie in + Naturwissenschaft und Technik h{\"a}ufig auftreten. Dabei erzeugt es besonders + schlanke Bilddateien, deren Format praktisch identisch zu EPS ist. + Allerdings werden Ressourcen, die das {\TeX}-Dokument ohnehin einbindet, + einfach weggelassen. Die angef{\"u}hrten Beispiele stammen -- wie auch + der Autor -- aus dem ingenieurwissenschaftlich-technischen Bereich. + Sie sollen einige F{\"a}higkeiten von \MP\ aufzeigen und den Leser + ermutigen, seine eigenen Anwendungsgebiete f{\"u}r \MP\ zu suchen. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:sieber:russischer, + author = {Holm Sieber}, + title = {Russischer {T}extsatz mit {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {22--31}, + month = jul, + abstract = {Der Satz mehrsprachiger Texte mit {\LaTeXe} ist dank dem \glqq babel\grqq-Paket + an sich kein Problem. Beim ersten Versuch, damit einen russischen + Text zu setzen, mu{\ss}te ich allerdings feststellen, da{\ss} meine + {\TeX}-Distribution (te{\TeX}) daf{\"u}r nicht vorbereitet gewesen ist. Ich habe + daraufhin die fehlenden Teile installiert. Hier beschreibe ich die + einzelnen Schritte dieser Installation, die Nutzung f{\"u}r das Schreiben + russischer Texte und die in diesem Proze{\ss} gewonnen Erfahrungen.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\texttt{babel}, kyrillische Zeichens{\"a}tze, russische Trenntabellen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:sieger:tipps, + author = {Rainer Sieger}, + title = {Tipps und Tricks: Kartenerstellung mit PanMap}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {55--58}, + month = oct, + abstract = {In der Zeitschrift "`\DTK"' 2/2002 erschien in der Rubrik + Tipps und Tricks ein Artikel von Gerd Neugebauer über die Erstellung + von Illustrationen für \LaTeX. Als Beispiel wurde die Entwicklung + einer Landkarte dargestellt. Mit Hilfe des Programms PanMap kann + der Teil der reinen Kartenerstellung erheblich vereinfacht werden.}, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:skoupy:new, + author = {Karel Skoup\'y}, + title = {{\NTS}: {N}ew {T}ypesetting {S}ystem -- ein neues {S}atzsystem}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {35--45}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {NTS}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:skoupy:extending, + author = {Karel Skoup{\'y}}, + title = {Extending \NTS{} (by {\texttt{X\kern-.14em\lower.5ex\hbox{T}\kern-.14em\raise.2ex\hbox{S}}})}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {19--31}, + month = oct, + abstract = { The article evaluates the experience gained from extending \NTS. Two simple + extensions are mentioned and a more complicated one is studied in + more detail. It involves an abstract model of line-breaking and its + application to the \emph{paragraph-breaking into a fixed orthogonal + polygon shape}. It shows that extensions of \NTS\ are feasible and + discusses the different aspects of making extensions and/or changes. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:sowa:kassenbericht, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Kassenbericht 1996}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {10--11}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:sowa:kassenbericht, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Kassenbericht 1997}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {8--9}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:sowa:tex, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {{\TeX} {N}orth{E}ast}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {46--47}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {TUG}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:sowa:kassenbericht, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Kassenbericht 1995}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {9--10}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Kassenbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:sowa:kassenbericht, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1993--31.12.1993}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {16--17}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Kassenbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:sowa:kassenbericht, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1994--31.12.1994}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {6--9}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Kassenbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:sowa:bericht, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&} {G}raphik}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {33--34}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {BS2000, Graphik}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:sowa:bericht, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Bericht des technischen {B}eirates -- {BS}2000 {\&} {G}raphik}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {34--35}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {BS2000, Graphik}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:sowa:kassenbericht, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1992--1.12.1992}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {26--27}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Kassenbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:sowa:kassenbericht, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 1.1.1991--31.12.1991}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {23--25}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Kassenbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:sowa:stammtisch, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Stammtisch in {D}uisburg}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {5--6}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Stammtisch}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:sowa:text, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Text und {B}ilder}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {41--45}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Bilder, Grafik, \verb|picinpar.sty|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:sowa:grafikintegration, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Grafikintegration mit \textsf{BM2FONT}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {10--14}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {bm2font, Grafik, Bilder}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:sowa:kassenbericht, + author = {Friedhelm Sowa}, + title = {Kassenbericht f{\"u}r den {Z}eitraum 9.10.1989--4.9.1990}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {3/90}, + pages = {8}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Kasenbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.2:splett:interlinearuebersetzung, + author = {Siegfried Splett}, + title = {Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung -- Wer wei{\ss} Rat?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {2/99}, + pages = {44--46}, + month = may, + abstract = {Gesucht wird ein Verfahren, mit dem zweisprachige Texte gesetzt werden k{\"o}nnen. In + einer {\em Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung} steht unter den Satzteilen der + Quelle die {\"U}bertragung, m{\"o}glichst Wort f{\"u}r Wort, in die + Zielsprache. Es gibt ein umfangreiches Vorbild: Das Neue Testament $\cdot$ + \emph{Interlinear{\"u}bersetzung Griechisch-Deutsch}, das in dieser Technik gesetzt ist. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:splett:russische, + author = {Siegfried Splett}, + title = {Das russische {A}lphabet -- mit {\glqq}{B}ordmitteln{\grqq} erstellt}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {28--30}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, Kyrillisch}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:steinbach-werner:editorial, + author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {3--4}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:steinbach-werner:editorial, + author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {3--4}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:steinbach-werner:editorial, + author = {Claudia Steinbach-Werner}, + title = {Editorial}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {3--4}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#editorial#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:anmerkungen, + author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user}, + title = {Anmerkungen zu script\_l}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {62--63}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, \verb|script_l|, Fonts, Schriften}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:steinhaeuser:serienbriefe, + author = {Steffen Steinh{\"a}user}, + title = {Serienbriefe und vieles mehr \dots}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {46--49}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Serienbriefe, Briefe}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:quicksilver, + title = {Quicksilver}, + publisher = {Goldmann}, + year = {2004}, + author = {Neal Stephenson}, + address = {München}, + month = aug, + isbn = {3-442-54568-4}, + abstract = {Der erste Band der gefeierten »Barock-Trilogie« Europa, um + 1665: Daniel Waterhouse, Querdenker, Puritaner und Verächter der + alten Geheimwissenschaften, strebt mit seinem Freund Isaac Newton + und einigen anderen großen Geistern des barocken Europa nach Wissen + und Erkenntnis, während die Welt ringsum ein einziges Chaos ist. + Überall ringt die Vernunft mit dem blutigen Ehrgeiz der Mächtigen, + und jederzeit können Katastrophen ? ob natürlich oder hausgemacht + ? die politische Landschaft über Nacht verändern. In dieser Zeit + steigt Jack Shaftoe vom Londoner Gassenjungen zum legendären König der + Vagabunden auf. Er riskiert Leib und Leben für sein Glück und seine + Liebe ? und verliert durch die Syphilis schleichend den Verstand. + Gleichzeitig schlägt sich seine Geliebte Eliza, die er aus einem türkischen + Harem befreit hat, bis zum Hof Ludwigs XIV. durch, wird Mätresse, + Spionin und Schachfigur in den Händen von königlichen Staatenlenkern. + Die Wege von Daniel, Jack und Eliza führen kreuz und quer durch das + zerrissene Europa, sie berühren und verschlingen sich, während allerorten + ein neues Zeitalter seine Schatten voraus wirft ? "Vielleicht ist + 'Quicksilver', das einen Schatz an Geschichten, Personen, Handlungen + und Verknüpfungen enthält, weniger ein Buch als ein Ort, den wir + besuchen und an dem wir uns tummeln können. Eines ist sicher: Der + (ehemalige) SF-Autor Stephenson ist damit endgültig in der Gegenwart der + Vergangenheit angekommen. Die uns durchaus einen viel sagenden Blick in + die Zukunft offenbaren kann." Buchjournal "Der Autor entwirft ein + lebendiges Panorama einer großen Epoche der Wissenschaft: die manische + Kleinarbeit der Forscher in abgelegenen Laboratorien, ihre Erfolge und + Niederlagen. 'Quicksilver' ist Wissenschafts-Thriller, Historienschmöker und + Schelmenroman auf höchstem Niveau." SZ Wissen "Geniale Schöpferkraft ? Sie + werden sich wünschen, dass es nie zu Ende geht!" Time Magazine}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.2:sterzl:finanzbericht, + author = {Tobias Sterzl}, + title = {Finanzbericht 2002}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {2/03}, + pages = {11--14}, + month = may, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:sterzl:literarischer, + author = {Tobias Sterzl}, + title = {Ein "`literarischer"' Ergu{\ss} {\"u}ber die {\TeX}-Tagung an der Fernuniversit{\"a}t/Gesamthochschule Hagen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {10--11}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:steuer:postkarten, + author = {Arne W. Steuer}, + title = {Postkarten mit {P}as{\TeX} auf dem {A}miga}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {40--41}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Amiga, Pas\TeX, Postkarten, \verb|postcard.sty|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:steuer:style-files, + author = {Arne W. Steuer}, + title = {Style-{F}iles -- leicht gemacht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {25--30}, + month = sep, + abstract = {Es wird geschildert, wie insbesondere {\LaTeX}-Einsteiger einfache Stil-Optionen + (Style-Files) selbst entwickeln k{\"o}nnen. Grundsatz dabei ist: + Vom Speziellen zum Allgemeinen. Beispielhaft wird die Erstellung + eines Style-Files zum Beschriften von Aktenordnern beschrieben. Im + Vordergrund steht dabei nicht die Ber{\"u}cksichtigung von Tricks und + Feinheiten der Makroprogrammierung. Vielmehr ist es Ziel, eine leicht + nachvollziehbare Vorgehensweise darzustellen, die zu einfachen aber + funktionierenden Ergebnissen f{\"u}hrt und zu eigenen Experimenten anregt.}, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Styles erstellen, }, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:steuer:cassettenhuellen, + author = {Arne W. Steuer}, + title = {Cassettenh{\"u}llen mit {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {28--29}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Casettenh{\"u}llen, \verb|cassette.sty|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:storbeck:schoener, + author = {Sven Storbeck}, + title = {Sch{\"o}ner Lesen~--~gut lesbare und optisch ansprechende Texte durch gute Typografie}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {3/00}, + pages = {6--30}, + month = sep, + abstract = {Jeder Autor eines Textes m{\"o}chte, dass dieser auch + gelesen wird. Zur Erf{\"u}llung dieses Wunsches tragen nicht nur + die stilistischen H{\"o}henfl{\"u}ge des Verfassers bei, sondern + auch das {\"a}u{\ss}ere Erscheinungsbild des Textes. Der folgende + Artikel~-- der sich an den typografisch Unbedarften wendet~-- zeigt, + wie es dem Leser leicht gemacht werden kann, den Text zu erfassen. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:strempel:latex-programm, + author = {Torsten-Karl Strempel}, + title = {{\LaTeX}-{P}rogramm zum {B}riefeschreiben}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {22--25}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Briefe, \verb|tksbrief.sty|}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:strobel:fraktur, + author = {Franz Strobel}, + title = {Fraktur und \texttt{eqnarray}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {2/93}, + pages = {58--59}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Fraktur, Formelsatz}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.3:suchanek:mathematikaufgaben, + author = {Jan Suchanek}, + title = {Mathematikaufgaben mit {P}ascal und {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {3/93}, + pages = {29--32}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Pascal, Aufgaben, Mathematik}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:sumbeck:verwaltung, + author = {Fred Sumbeck}, + title = {Verwaltung von {L}iteraturdatenbanken}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {39--46}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.2:szillat:finanzbericht, + author = {Horst Szillat}, + title = {Finanzbericht 2001}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {2/02}, + pages = {13--17}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:szillat:beitragsordnung, + author = {Horst Szillat}, + title = {Beitragsordnung \dante}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {22--25}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:szillat:finanzbericht, + author = {Horst Szillat}, + title = {Finanzbericht 2000}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {16--20}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:szillat:finanzbericht, + author = {Horst Szillat}, + title = {Finanzbericht 1999}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {11--17}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:szillat:finanzbericht, + author = {Horst Szillat}, + title = {Finanzbericht~1998, Mitgliederversammlung 19.~September 1999}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {20--24}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:szillat:internet-anschluss, + author = {Horst Szillat}, + title = {Internet-{A}nschlu{\ss} -- selbst gebastelt}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {37--39}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Internet}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:szillat:dc-fonts, + author = {Horst Szillat}, + title = {{DC}-{F}onts}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {52--54}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, Fonts (DC), DC-Fonts, Schriften}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:szillat:ams-latex, + author = {Horst Szillat}, + title = {{\AMS-\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {26--31}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {\AMS-\LaTeX}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:guidesi, + title = {Guide for the Use of the International System of Units (SI)}, + publisher = {National Institute of Standards and Technology}, + year = {1995}, + author = {Barry N. Taylor}, + volume = {811}, + series = {NIST Special Publication}, + address = {Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001}, + month = apr, + abstract = {The International System of Units, universally abbreviated SI (from the + French Le Syste`me International d?Unite?s ), is the modern metric + system of measurement. Long the dominant measurement system used in + science, the SI is becoming the dominant measurement system used in + international commerce. The Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of + August 1988 [Public Law (PL) 100-418] changed the name of the National + Bureau of Standards (NBS) to the National Institute of Standards and + Technology (NIST) and gave to NIST the added task of helping United States + industry increase its competitiveness in the global marketplace. It also + recognized the rapidly expanding use of the SI by amending the Metric + Conversion Act of 1975 (PL 94-168). In particular, section 5164 (Metric + Usage) of PL 100-418 designates the metric system of measurement + as the preferred system of weights and measures for United States + trade and commerce . . . and requires that each Federal agency, by + a date certain and to the extent economically feasible by the end + of fiscal year 1992, use the metric system of measurement in its + procurements, grants, and other business-related activities, except to the + extent that such use is impractical or is likely to cause significant + inefficiencies or loss of markets for United States firms . . . In January + 1991, the Department of Commerce issued an addition to the Code of + Federal Regulations entitled ??Metric Conversion Policy for Federal + Agencies,?? 15 CFR 1170, which removes the voluntary aspect of the + conversion to the SI for Federal agencies and gives in detail the + policy for that conversion. Executive Order 12770, issued in July + 1991, reinforces that policy by providing Presidential authority and + direction for the use of the metric system of measurement by Federal + agencies and departments.* Because of the importance of the SI to both + science and technology, NIST has over the years published documents to + assist NIST authors and other users of the SI, especially to inform + them of changes in the SI and in SI usage. For example, this second + edition of the Guide replaces the first edition prepared by Arthur O. + McCoubrey and published in 1991. That edition, in turn, replaced NBS + Letter Circular LC 1120 (1979), which was widely distributed in the + United States and which was incorporated into the NBS Communications + Manual for Scientific, Technical, and Public Information, a manual of + instructions issued in 1980 for the preparation of technical publications at + NBS. It is quite natural for NIST to publish documents on the use of + the SI. First, NIST coordinates the Federal Government policy on + the conversion to the SI by Federal agencies and on the use of the + SI by United States industry and the public. Second, NIST provides + official United States representation in the various international + bodies established by the Meter Convention (Convention du Me`tre, + often called the Treaty of the Meter in the United States), which + was signed in Paris in 1875 by seventeen countries, including the + United States (nearly 50 countries are now members of the Convention). + One body created by the Meter Convention is the General Conference + on Weights and Measures (CGPM, Confe?rence Ge?ne?rale des Poids et + Mesures ), a formal diplomatic organization.** The International + System was in fact established by the 11th CGPM in 1960, and it is the + responsibility of the CGPM to ensure that the SI is widely disseminated and + that it reflects the latest advances in science and technology. This + 1995 edition of the Guide corrects a number of misprints in the 1991 + edition, incorporates a significant amount of additional material + intended to answer frequently asked questions concerning the SI and SI + usage, and updates the bibliography. The added material includes a + check list in Chapter 11, which is reproduced immediately after this + Preface for easy reference, for reviewing the consistency of NIST + manuscripts with the SI. Some changes in format have also been made in an + attempt to improve the ease of use of the Guide. In keeping with + United States and NIST practice (see Sec. C.3), this edition of the + Guide continues to use the dot as the decimal marker rather than + the comma, the spellings ??meter,?? ??liter,?? and ??deka?? rather + than ??metre,?? ??litre,?? and ??deca,?? and the name ??metric ton?? + rather than ??tonne.?? I should like to take this opportunity to thank + James B. McCracken of the NISTMetric Program for his highly capable + assistance in the early stages of the preparation of this Guide.}, + comment = {Ersetzt Version von 1991}, + organization = {United States Department of Commerce}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, + url = {http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/pdf/sp811.pdf}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:taylor.obermiller:zukunft, + author = {Phil Taylor and Walter Obermiller}, + title = {Die {Z}ukunft von {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {2/93}, + pages = {19--37}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {\TeX-Entwicklung, NTS}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.4:taylor:pragmatische, + author = {Philip Taylor}, + title = {Eine pragmatische Herangehensweise an den Absatzumbruch}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {4/99}, + pages = {43--49}, + month = nov, + note = {Dieser Artikel ist in TUGboat 14(1993)\#2, Juli~1993, Seite 138--140 erschienen und wurde von Rebecca Stiels {\"u}bersetzt.}, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:taylor:-tex, + author = {Philip Taylor}, + title = {{$\varepsilon$-\TeX} {V}ersion 2: {V}erf{\"u}gbar auf der {CD-ROM} "`{\TeX} {L}ive"'!}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {26--35}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {$\varepsilon$-\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.2:team:modifying, + author = {\LaTeX3{} Project Team}, + title = {Modifying {\LaTeXe}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {2/95}, + pages = {6--10}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {\LaTeX-Entwicklung, \LaTeX3}, +} + +@MISC{package:ifthen, + author = {The \LaTeX3-Project Team}, + title = {\Package{ifthen.sty} -- Implements programming control structures, version 1.1c}, + year = {2001}, + note = {\url{CTAN://macros/latex/base/}}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.3:team:latex, + author = {{\LaTeX} Programming Team}, + title = {{\LaTeX} {N}ews, {I}ssue2, {D}ecember 1994}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {3/94}, + pages = {18--20}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {\LaTeX-News, \LaTeX-Entwicklung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:teilnahme:eurotex99, + author = {Einladung zur Teilnahme}, + title = {Euro{\TeX}'99 -- XI. Europ{\"a}ische {\TeX}-Konferenz}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {61--63}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {Spielplan}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.1:theofel:12, + author = {Jan Theofel}, + title = {12.\ {\TeX}-Tagung in Rosenheim -- Ein pers{\"o}nlicher Bericht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {1/01}, + pages = {32--35}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:thewalt:dante94, + author = {Volker Thewalt}, + title = {{DANTE}'94 in {M}{\"u}nster -- ein kurzer {T}agungsbericht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {23--27}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:thiel:emacs, + author = {Rainer Thiel}, + title = {Emacs, Auc{\TeX}\ und MiK{\TeX}s \textsf{Yap} unter Windows}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {3/01}, + pages = {6--14}, + month = sep, + abstract = { Wer die Vorteile eines Satzsystems wie {\LaTeXTeX} nutzen will, muss auf die direkte + Begutachtung seiner Arbeit auf dem Bildschirm verzichten. M{\"o}glich ist + dagegen ein bequemer Editor-Compiler-Zyklus, der es erlaubt, vom + DVI-Viewer an die entsprechende Stelle im Quelltext zu springen und + umgekehrt. Der vorliegende Beitrag beschreibt aus der Sicht eines mit den + Interna von {\LaTeXTeX} kaum vertrauten Anwenders, wie dies unter + Windows mit GNU-\textsf{Emacs} und MiK{\TeX} zu realisieren ist. }, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:thomas-koch:einladung, + author = {Thomas Koch, Thomas Feuerstack}, + title = {Einladung zur Herbstagung und 23.~Mitgliederversammlung von \dante}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {8}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:thull:gebrauch, + author = {Klaus Thull}, + title = {Der {G}ebrauch von {\MF}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {25--36}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Metafont, Fontentwurf, Schriftentwurf}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:tolksdorf:deutschsprachige, + author = {Robert Tolksdorf}, + title = {Deutschsprachige {V}ersion des {\BibTeX}-\texttt{alpha}-{S}tils}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {3/90}, + pages = {28}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {BibTeX, Literaturverzeichnis}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:tolksdorf:kennzeichnung, + author = {Robert Tolksdorf}, + title = {Kennzeichnung von {V}orversionen eines {D}okumentes}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {3/90}, + pages = {26--29}, + month = nov, + abstract = {Durch eine kleine Modifikation der Output-Routine von {\LaTeX} werden Vorversionen eines + Dokumentes durch eine zus{\"a}tzliche Zeile am Seitenende als solche + gekennzeichnet. Die Modifikation wird als Style-Option implementiert.}, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:trautner:jiddisch, + author = {Martin Trautner}, + title = {Jiddisch mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {13--26}, + month = nov, + abstract = {Jiddisch, die Sprache des osteurop{\"a}ischen Judentums, stellt + besondere Anforderungen an {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}. Zum einen m{\"u}ssen + geeignete Fonts beschafft und bereitgestellt werden. Zum anderen + ist {\TeX} mit der F{\"a}higkeit zu bidirektionalem Schriftsatz zum + Schreiben gemischter Texte von links nach rechts beziehungsweise von + rechts nach links auszustatten. Im Folgenden werden die verschiedenen + M{\"o}glichkeiten untersucht, jiddische Texte mit {\TeX} und {\LaTeX} zu + setzen. Das Ergebnis in der gewohnt hohen Qualit{\"a}t von {\TeX} + macht dieses Satzsystem beispielsweise auch f{\"u}r den Einsatz in + wissenschaftlichen Einrichtungen interessant, die sich mit der Erforschung + jiddischer Sprache und Kultur besch{\"a}ftigen. Bei allen {\"U}berlegungen + wei{\ss} sich der Verfasser der Idee freier Software verpflichtet. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk95.1:unger:mailbox, + author = {J{\"u}rgen Unger}, + title = {Die {M}ailbox von {DANTE} e.{V}. -- es ist vollbracht}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1995}, + volume = {1/95}, + pages = {18--20}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {7}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:vieth:schnell, + author = {Ulrik Vieth}, + title = {{"`S}chnell ans {Z}iel mit {\LaTeXe"`} von {J}{\"o}rg {K}nappen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {44--47}, + month = feb, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, + reference = {J{\"o}rg Knappen: \emph{Schnell ans Ziel mit \LaTeXe}\\ R. Oldenbourg Verlag, + M{\"u}nchen, Wien, 1997;\\ ISBN 3-486-24199-0\\ 207 Seiten, 48,00~DM}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:vieth:latex, + author = {Ulrik Vieth}, + title = {"`{T}he {\LaTeX} {G}raphics {C}ompanion"' von {G}oosens et al.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {49--52}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, + reference = {M. Goosens, F. Mittelbach, S. Rahtz: \emph{The \LaTeX\ Graphics + Companion -- Illustrating Documents with \TeX\ and PostScript}\\ Addison + Wesley Longman 1997;\\ ISBN 0-201-85469-4\\ 580 Seiten, \$\,39,95}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:vieth:tex, + author = {Ulrik Vieth}, + title = {"`{\TeX} {U}nbound"' von {A}lan {H}oenig}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {54--57}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, + reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound -- + \LaTeX\ \& \TeX\ Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford + University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN: 0-19-509686-X + (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594 Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:vieth:tex, + author = {Ulrik Vieth}, + title = {{\TeX} {L}ive -- {D}ie erste {TDS}-konforme ready-to-run {\TeX}-{CD-ROM} f{\"u}r {U}nix-{S}ysteme und andere {P}lattformen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {56--63}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {CD-ROM, TDS}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:vieth:bericht, + author = {Ulrik Vieth}, + title = {Bericht von der 14.~{T}agung der {TUG}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {2/93}, + pages = {6--18}, + month = sep, + note = {Zusammenfassung einiger Workshops und Vortr{\"a}ge zur 14. TUG-Tagung in Birmingham.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.1:voss:optische, + author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}}, + title = {Optische Darstellungen mit \texttt{pst-optic}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {1/03}, + pages = {40--59}, + month = feb, + abstract = { Mit diesem Artikel soll die Beschreibung der Teilpakete, die alle unter dem + Synonym \texttt{pstricks} zusammengefasst werden und mittlerweile + mehr als nur latent undurchsichtig erscheinen, mit einem Paket zur + Darstellung der optischen Verh{\"a}ltnisse an Linsen fortgesetzt werden. + Derartige Abbildungen geh{\"o}ren zu den Standardthemen in Schule und + Universit{\"a}t und k{\"o}nnen daher f{\"u}r einige Leser interessant sein. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:voss:erstellen, + author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}}, + title = {Erstellen von Schaltbildern mit \texttt{pst-circ}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {3/03}, + pages = {33--49}, + month = sep, + abstract = { Mit diesem Artikel wird die Beschreibung der + Teilpakete, die alle unter dem Synonym \verb|pstricks| zusammengefasst + werden, mit einem Paket zur Darstellung von Schaltbildern fortgesetzt. + Derartige Abbildungen geh{\"o}ren zu den Standardthemen in Schule + und Universit{\"a}t und k{\"o}nnen daher f{\"u}r einige interessant + sein, insbesondere wenn es gilt, f{\"u}r Ver{\"o}ffentlichungen oder + Arbeitsbl{\"a}tter auf einfache Art und Weise Ersatzschaltbilder zu + erstellen ohne auf Vektorzeichenprogramme zugreifen zu m{\"u}ssen. }, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.1:voss:mathematischen, + author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}}, + title = {Die mathematischen Funktionen von Postscript}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {1/02}, + month = mar, + abstract = { \PS, faktisch genauso alt wie {\TeX}, + ist im Verh{\"a}ltnis dazu allgemein noch weniger bekannt, wenn es + darum geht zu beurteilen, was es denn nun im eigentlichen Sinne ist. + Au{\ss}erdem wird h{\"a}ufig vergessen, dass sich mit den \PS-Funktionen + viele Dinge erledigen lassen, bei denen sonst auf externe Programme + zur{\"u}ckgegriffen wird. Dies wird im Folgenden f{\"u}r die mathematischen + Funktionen im Zusammenhang mit dem Paket \texttt{pst-plot} gezeigt. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:voss:gauss-sty, + author = {Herbert Vo{\ss}}, + title = {{\texttt{gauss.sty}} -- Visualisierung des Gaußschen Eliminationsverfahrens}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {34--40}, + month = oct, + abstract = {Die Zahl der vorhanden \LaTeX-Pakete + ist sicherlich endlich, wenn man auch manchmal den gegenteiligen + Eindruck hat. Neben den mehr oder weniger bekannten Paketen gibt es eine + erhebliche Anzahl, die einem großen Anwenderkreis deswegen nicht + bekannt sind, weil deren Anwendung häufig sehr speziell ist. Dazu + gehört sicherlich das Paket \texttt{gauss}, welches nur sehr spezielle + Wünsche erfüllt, die im Folgenden an Beispielen beschrieben werden. }, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:pst, + title = {PSTricks -- Grafik mit PostScrpt für {\TeX} und {\LaTeX}}, + publisher = {Lehmanns Fachbuchhandlung}, + year = {2004}, + author = {Herbert Voß}, + address = {Hamburg}, + month = jun, + isbn = {3-86541-053-7}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:wallmeier:deutsches, + author = {Markus Wallmeier}, + title = {Deutsches und internationales {\BibTeX}ing}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {35--38}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {BibTeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:wallmeier:probleme, + author = {Martin Wallmeier}, + title = {Probleme mit langen {\"U}berschriften in {\LaTeX} und ein {L}{\"o}sungsvorschlag}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {43--46}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {{\"U}berschriften}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:waschik:bericht, + author = {Sebastian Waschik}, + title = {Bericht von der Herbsttagung von \dante{}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {12--14}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.3:weibezahn:tex-tagung, + author = {Roland Weibezahn}, + title = {{\TeX}-Tagung DANTE\,2003 in Bremen -- Einladung und Call for Papers}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {3/02}, + pages = {5--6}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:wellssow:bericht, + author = {Arne Well{\ss}ow}, + title = {Bericht {\"u}ber {DANTE}'92 in {H}amburg}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {7--12}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.2:werntges:grafik-import, + author = {Heinz Werntges}, + title = {Grafik-{I}mport in {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {2/93}, + pages = {38--53}, + month = sep, + note = {Einbinden von Grafiken in {\LaTeX} mit Beispielen und diversen Wandelprogrammen.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Grafik, c't, Postscript, Rastergrafik, eps, Vektorgrafik, Metafont, \PiCTeX, + Xfig, \TeX{}cad, GhostScript, DVIPS, em\TeX, RUMgraph, bm2font, hp2xx}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.2:werntges:hp2xx, + author = {Heinz Werntges}, + title = {\texttt{hp2xx} -- {E}in {K}onverter f{\"u}r {HPGL}-{D}ateien}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {2/91}, + pages = {14--23}, + month = aug, + abstract = {HPGL ist ein Quasi-Standard f{\"u}r Vektorgrafiken. Wer HPGL-Bilder in {\TeX}-Dokumente + einbinden will, erh{\"a}lt mit \texttt{hp2xx} ein Hilfsmittel f{\"u}r + alle typischen Vorgehensweisen: \texttt{hp2xx} kann Druckdateien + erzeugen, so da{\ss} Abbildungen in alter Weise separat gedruckt und + eingeklebt werden k{\"o}nnen, generiert aber auch Rastergrafik (PCX), + entweder f{\"u}r die direkte Einbindung wie mit den {em\TeX}-Treibern, + oder f{\"u}r Weiterverarbeitung wie z.\,B. mit \texttt{bm2font}. + Das EPS-Format (encapsulated \textsc{PostScript}) erm{\"o}glicht + aufl{\"o}sungsunabh{\"a}ngige Bildeinbindung und ist insbesondere f{\"u}r + hochaufl{\"o}sende Drucker oder Lichtsatzanlagen interessant. Auch + \textsc{Metafont} wird unterst{\"u}tzt. Auf DOS-Rechnern mit VGA-Grafik ist + schlie{\ss}lich ein Preview-Modus realisiert. Das ausf{\"u}hrbare Programm ist + {\glqq}public domain{\grqq} und wird zur Zeit auf DOS, Sun (Sparc), sowie + (mit Einschr{\"a}nkungen) auf VAX/VMS und ATARI unterst{\"u}tzt.}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {hp2xx, Konverter, Rastergrafik, Bilder, Postscript, bm2font, eps}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.3:wiechern:test, + author = {Hartmut Wiechern}, + title = {Test zweier {A}tari-{V}ersionen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {3/91}, + pages = {34--37}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Atari, Lindner-\TeX, Strunk-\TeX}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.4:wiechern:nachtrag, + author = {Hartmut Wiechern}, + title = {Nachtrag zum {A}tari-{\TeX}-{T}est}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {4/91}, + pages = {43--45}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Atari}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:wilhelms:4alltex-preview, + author = {Gerhard Wilhelms}, + title = {4all{\TeX}-Preview -- {\TeX}\ f{\"u}r alle?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {51--56}, + month = aug, + abstract = {4all{\TeX} 5.0 ist eine {\TeX}-Umgebung f{\"u}r + Windows. Diesem Bericht liegt eine Vorab-Version zugrunde. Kleine + Unzul{\"a}nglichkeiten dieser Version wurden umgehend vom Autorenteam Erik + Frambach/Wietse Dol abgestellt. Der Bericht soll als Entscheidungshilfe + dienen, ob 4all{\TeX} als Alternative f{\"u}r das eigene System in + Frage kommen kann. Ein erweiterter Praxistest der endg{\"u}ltigen + Version von 4all{\TeX} folgt in der n{\"a}chsten Ausgabe von "`\DTK"'. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.3:wilhelms:etwas, + author = {Gerhard Wilhelms}, + title = {Eine etwas andere {B}uchrezension}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {3/96}, + pages = {70--75}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {PostScript, Acrobat, PDF, Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:willadt:texin, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {{\TeX}\ in der Apotheke: ABDA-K{\"a}rtchen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + month = may, + abstract = {{\TeX}\ eignet sich nicht + nur zum Erstellen von {\em beautifully typset documents}, sondern + ebenso als Werkzeug f{\"u}r schn{\"o}de Alltagsaufgaben. In diesem + Beitrag wird eine Einsatzm{\"o}glichkeit beschrieben, bei der der + Endanwender fast ohne Kenntnisse der {\TeX}-Makrosprache auskommt. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {52--54}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:willadt:arial, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {Arial installieren}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {16--21}, + month = jul, + abstract = {Layout-Vorschriften erzwingen gelegentlich die Verwendung einer nicht in einer + Standard-{\TeX}-Distribution enthaltenen Schrift. Im Folgenden wird am Beispiel + \emph{Arial} beschrieben, wie eine solche Schrift installiert wird, wenn die + ben{\"o}tigten \texttt{tfm}- und \texttt{vf}-Dateien bereits vorliegen. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:willadt:robert, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {Robert Bringhurst: The Elements of Typographic Style}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {58--59}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:willadt:zeilenabstaende, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {Zeilenabst\"ande}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {3/00}, + pages = {31--36}, + month = sep, + abstract = {Der Zeilenabstand entscheidet mit dar\"uber, wie + gut ein Text lesbar ist. Zu kleine Zeilenabst\"ande f\"uhren dazu, + dass man die einzelnen Worte nur schwer entziffern kann; auch das + Verrutschen des Auges von einer Zeile in eine andere wird dadurch + beg\"unstigt. Zu gro\ss{}e Zeilenabst\"ande sehen seltsam aus; statt eines + gleichm\"a\ss{}igen Grauwertes wirkt die Seite "`gestreift"'. Mithin am + schlimmsten sind ungleiche Zeilenabst\"ande; der Leser wei{\ss} nicht, ob + ein Absatz endet oder ob es sich um ein Zufallsprodukt handelt. Im + Folgenden wird erl\"autert, wie {\TeX}\ mit Zeilenabst\"anden umgeht. }, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.1:willadt:rohdaten, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {Rohdaten einlesen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {1/99}, + pages = {33--36}, + month = feb, + abstract = {Die Bearbeitung von Daten, die von anderen Programmen erzeugt wurden, f{\"a}llt + am leichtesten, wenn beim Datenexport Markup eingef{\"u}gt werden + kann, das \TeX\ versteht. In diesem Artikel soll gezeigt werden, + wie auch Daten, die kein Markup enthalten, jedoch in einem genau + festgelegten Format vorliegen, von \TeX\ bearbeitet werden k{\"o}nnen.}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:willadt:tex, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {{\TeX} f{\"u}r Serient{\"a}ter}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {41--50}, + month = aug, + abstract = {Dieser Artikel erl{\"a}utert zuerst Anforderungen, die die Post an + Serienbriefe stellt, anschlie{\ss}end werden Hinweise zur Optimierung der + Verarbeitungsgeschwindigkeit seitens {\TeX} und des Druckers gegeben. }, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.4:willadt:verflixte, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {Das verflixte achte {B}it}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {4/97}, + pages = {29--39}, + month = feb, + abstract = {Wenn eine bestehende {\TeX}-Installation auf 8-Bit-Eingabe und 8-Bit-Zeichens{\"a}tze umgestellt wird, + ergeben sich einige neue Aspekte. Der Schwerpunkt dieses Artikels liegt + weniger bei den Details der Umstellung selbst, als vielmehr bei den + Ver{\"a}nderungen, die diese f{\"u}r die t{\"a}gliche Arbeit mit sich bringen.}, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {8-Bit, Fonts (8-Bit), Kodierung, Fonts (EC), EC-Fonts}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:ergaenzungsvorschlag, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {Erg{\"a}nzungsvorschlag zum {R}edaktionsstatut}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {25}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:tabellen, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {Tabellen importieren}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {42--45}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Tabellen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:willadt:tex, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {{\TeX} entfesselt -- "`{\TeX} unbound"' von {A}lan {H}oenig}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {52--53}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, + reference = {Alan Hoenig: \emph{\TeX\ unbound -- + \LaTeX\ \& \TeX Strategies for Fonts, Graphics and More}\\ Oxford + University Press, Oxford and New Yort, 1998\\ ISBN: 0-19-509686-X + (Paperback) 0-19-509685-1 (hardbound)\\ 594 Seiten, \$\,35 / \$\,60}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:willadt:skalierbare, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {Skalierbare {S}chriften}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {10--19}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Fonts, Schriften, skalieren, PostScript, TrueType, PSNFSS}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.3:willadt:tex, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {{\TeX} im {I}nternet -- {T}ips f{\"u}r den {E}instieg}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {3/98}, + pages = {30--34}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Internet, WWW, FTP, E-Mail}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:willadt:mikrotypographie-regeln, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {Mikrotypographie-{R}egeln, {T}eil {II}, {H}eft 1/97}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {43}, + month = jul, + note = {mit Antwort von Marion Neubauer}, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, DIN-Vorschrift Datum, neue Rechtschreibung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:willadt:orale, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {Orale {S}pielereien -- {T}eil {III}, {H}eft 4/95}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {58--59}, + month = jun, + note = {mit einer Antwort von Bernd Raichle}, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Makroverarbeitung, Makrodefinition, Makroprogrammierung, Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.3:willadt:anregungen, + author = {Peter Willadt}, + title = {Anregungen hinsichtlich der {S}oftwareverteilung von {DANTE} e.{V}.}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {3/92}, + pages = {29--30}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:wegwsch, + title = {Wegweiser Schrift. Erste Hilfe im Umgang mit Schrift}, + publisher = {Schmidt}, + year = {2003}, + author = {Hans Peter Willberg}, + address = {Mainz}, + edition = {2}, + isbn = {3-87439-569-3}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:ehtypo, + title = {Erste Hilfe in Typografie}, + publisher = {Schmidt}, + year = {2003}, + author = {Hans Peter Willberg and Friedrich Forssmann}, + address = {Mainz}, + edition = {4}, + isbn = {3-87439-474-3}, + abstract = {Sie treffen täglich Schriftentscheidungen, aber bislang eher nach dem "I like it" des Tages? Sie + nehmen immer ein und dieselbe Schrift, aber die Texte von anderen + gefallen Ihnen oft besser? Dann hilft Ihnen Wegweiser Schrift als + Leitfaden im Schriften-Dschungel. Auf 100 anschaulichen Seiten führt + Hans Peter Willberg Gestalter unzähliger ausgezeichneter Bücher, + renommierter Fachautor und emeritierter Professor allgemeinverständlich + in Form, Stil und Geschichte der Schriften ein, sensibilisiert für + Charakter und Wirkung verschiedener Schriften, passende Mischungen + und erläutert die wichtigsten Regeln im Umgang mit Schrift. Viele + Praxisübungen und ungezählte Beispiele lassen Wegweiser Schrift zu einer + vergnüglichen Lektüre werden, die neben keinem Computer fehlen sollte.}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:willms, + title = {{\LaTeX} echt einfach}, + publisher = {Franzis Verlag}, + year = {2003}, + author = {Roland Willms}, + address = {Poing}, + edition = {3}, + isbn = {3-7723-6888-3}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.1:wisser:amiga, + author = {Ulrich Wisser}, + title = {Amiga und {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {1/93}, + pages = {35--41}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Amiga, Amiga\TeX, Pas\TeX}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:wobst, + title = {Abenteuer Kryptologie -- Methoden, Risiken und Nutzen der Datenverschlüsselung}, + publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, + year = {2001}, + author = {Reinhard Wobst}, + series = {net.com}, + address = {München}, + edition = {3}, + isbn = {3-8273-1815-7}, + keywords = {Kryptologie, PGP, Sicherheit}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:woehle:geraeteunabhaengigkeit, + author = {Hartmut W{\"o}hle}, + title = {Ger{\"a}teunabh{\"a}ngigkeit}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {55}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:zapf:meine, + author = {Hermann Zapf}, + title = {Meine Zusammenarbeit mit Don Knuth und meine Schriftentw{\"u}rfe}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {37--44}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.2:zapf:has, + author = {Hermann Zapf}, + title = {Has type design any future}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {2/94}, + pages = {11--13}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {Stammtisch}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:zierke:latex, + author = {Reinhard Zierke}, + title = {The {\LaTeX} {C}ompanion}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {46--48}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.1:zierke:stammtischbericht, + author = {Reinhard Zierke}, + title = {Stammtischbericht aus {H}amburg}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {1/92}, + pages = {25--26}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, + keywords = {Stammtisch}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk92.2:zierke:vieweg, + author = {Reinhard Zierke}, + title = {Das {V}ieweg {\LaTeX}-{B}uch: {E}ine praxisorientierte {E}inf{\"u}hrung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1992}, + volume = {2/92}, + pages = {48--49}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + keywords = {Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.3:zierke:tagungsbericht, + author = {Reinhard Zierke}, + title = {Tagungsbericht vom 9.~{T}reffen der deutschen {\TeX}-{I}nteressenten in {G}{\"o}ttingen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {3/90}, + pages = {11--16}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#theatertage#}, + keywords = {Tagungsbericht}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.4:zierke:vereinfachter, + author = {Reinhard Zierke}, + title = {Vereinfachter {\TeX}-{A}ufruf unter {U}nix}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {4/90}, + pages = {17--22}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, + keywords = {Unix, \TeX-Aufruf}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:zilm, + title = {\LaTeX -- Das Einsteigerseminar}, + publisher = {351 Seiten, Verlag moderne industrie Buch, ISBN: 3-8266-7269-0, 9,95\,\euro}, + year = {2003}, + author = {Thorsten Zilm}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk93.4:latex3-projekt:latex2e, + author = {{\LaTeX}3-Projekt}, + title = {{\LaTeXe} -- {A} {N}ew {V}ersion of {\LaTeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1993}, + volume = {4/93}, + pages = {8--10}, + month = apr, + altnumber = {4}, + altvolume = {5}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + keywords = {\LaTeX3, \LaTeX-Entwicklung}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2:team:enters, + author = {{\NTS\ Team}}, + title = {\NTS{} Enters Alpha Test}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {9--10}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.4:texmerchandising-project:year2001, + author = {{\TeX Merchandising Project}, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {Der \textbackslash{}year=2001 {\TeX} Kalender}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {4/00}, + pages = {55--56}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:tex-merchandising-project:2004, + author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {Der {\textbackslash year=2004|} {\TeX} Kalender}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {69--70}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk02.4:tex-merchandising-project:year2003, + author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2003 {\TeX} Kalender}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2002}, + volume = {4/02}, + pages = {63--64}, + month = dec, + altnumber = {14}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk01.3:tex-merchandising-project:year2002, + author = {{\TeX} Merchandising Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {Der {\textbackslash}year=2002 {\TeX}-Kalender}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2001}, + volume = {3/01}, + pages = {61--62}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {13}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:tex-merchandising-project:year2000-tex-kalender, + author = {{\TeX}-Merchandising-Project, Martin Schr{\"o}der}, + title = {Der {\textbackslash{}year}=2000-{\TeX}-Kalender}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {57--58}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.1:fitug-e-v-.ea:mehr, + author = {{Fitug e.V.} and others}, + title = {Mehr Rechtssicherheit bei Software-Patenten}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {1/00}, + pages = {55--57}, + month = may, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {1}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:sisystem, + title = {The International System of Units (SI)}, + publisher = {National Institute of Standards and Technology}, + year = {2001}, + editor = {Barry N. Taylor}, + author = {{International Bureau of Weights and Measures}}, + volume = {330}, + series = {NIST Special Publication}, + address = {Gaithersburg, MD 20899-0001}, + edition = {7}, + month = jul, + abstract = {The International System of Units, universally + abbreviated SI (from the French Le Syste`me International d?Unite?s ), is + the modern metric system of measurement. Long the dominant system + used in science, the SI is rapidly becoming the dominant measurement + system used in international commerce. In recognition of this fact + and the increasing global nature of the marketplace, the Omnibus + Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988, which changed the name of + the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) to the National Institute + of Standards and Technology (NIST) and gave to NIST the added task + of helping U.S. industry increase its competitiveness, designates + ?the metric system of measurement as the preferred system of weights + and measures for United States trade and commerce.? The definitive + international reference on the SI is a booklet published by the International + Bureau ofWeights and Measures (BIPM, Bureau International des Poids et + Mesures ) and often referred to as the BIPM SI Brochure. Entitled Le + Syste`me International d?Unite?s (SI) , the booklet is in French + followed by a text in English. This 2001 edition of NIST Special + Publication (SP) 330 is the United States version of the English text of + the seventh edition of the Brochure (the most current). However, + it also incorporates the contents of Supplement 2000: addenda and + corrigenda to the 7th edition (1998) [Supple?ment 2000: additions + et corrections a` la 7e e?dition (1998)] published by the BIPM in + June 2000. The 2001 edition of NIST SP 330 replaces its immediate + predecessor, the 1991 edition, which was based on the sixth edition of the + BIPM SI Brochure published in 1991. Like its 1991 predecessor, this + edition of NIST SP 330 conforms with the English text in the BIPM SI + Brochure but contains a few minor differences to reflect the most recent + interpretation of the SI for the United States by the Secretary of + Commerce, as published in the Federal Register of July 28, 1998, 63 FR + 40334-40340. (The Metric Conversion Act of 1975 gives the Secretary of + Commerce the responsibility of interpreting or modifying the SI for use + in the United States.) These differences are as follows: (i) The + spelling of English words is in accordance with the United States + Government Printing Office Style Manual, which follows Webster?s Third New + International Dictionary rather than the Oxford Dictionary. Thus the + spellings ?meter,? ?liter,? and ?deca? are used rather than ?metre,? + ?litre,? and ?deka? as in the original BIPM English text; (ii) the name + of the unit with symbol t and defined according to 1 t = 103 kg is + called ?metric ton? rather than ?tonne?; (iii) the four units curie, + roentgen, rad, and rem are included in Table 8; (iv) a number of + ?Editor?s notes? are added in order to indicate such differences + (except spelling differences) and to clarify the text; and (v) a few + very minor editorial changes are made in order to ?Americanize? some + phrases. Because of the importance of the SI to science, technology, and + commerce, and because (i) NIST coordinates the Federal Government + policy on the conversion to the SI by Federal agencies and on the + use of the SI by U.S. industry, (ii) NIST provides official U.S. + representation in the various international bodies established by the Meter + Convention (see Appendix 3), and (iii) the Secretary of Commerce has + delegated his authority to interpret or modify the SI for use in + the United States to the NIST Director, NIST provides a number of + other sources of information on the SI in addition to NIST SP 330. + These include NIST Special Publication 811, Guide for the Use of the + International System of Units (SI), by Barry N. Taylor; and NIST + Special Publication 814, Interpretation of the SI for the United + States and Metric Conversion Policy for Federal Agencies, Barry N. + Taylor, Editor. Further, NIST SP 330, NIST SP 811, the aforementioned + 1998 Federal Register notice, the ?essentials? of the SI together + with useful background information, and links to other organizations + involved with the SI, for example, the NIST Metric Program and the BIPM + itself, are all available on the Web site entitled ?NIST Reference on + Constants, Units, and Uncertainty? at physics.nist.gov/cuu. Users of this + NIST publication are encouraged to take advantage of these other + sources of information. I should like to thank James B. McCracken of + the NIST Metric Program, NIST Guest Researcher Ralph P. Hudson, and + Ilse E. Putman of the NIST Electronic Typesetting Group for their + highly capable assistance in the preparation of this publication.}, + comment = {Ersetzt Version von 1998}, + organization = {United States Department of Commerce}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, + url = {http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/pdf/sp811.pdf}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk99.3:bexten.hiltner:latex, + author = {Erdmuthe {Meyer zu Bexten} and Jens Hiltner}, + title = {{\LaTeX}: Das ideale Satzsystem f{\"u}r blinde Studierende in naturwissenschaftlichen Disziplinen?}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1999}, + volume = {3/99}, + pages = {14--26}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {11}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:mid:publisher, + author = {{MID/Information Logistics Group GmbH}}, + title = {Publisher}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {40--41}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#rezension#}, + key = {mid:publisher}, + keywords = {Rezension}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk94.1:wolfrum-jr-:os2, + author = {Philipp {Wolfrum jr.}}, + title = {{OS/2} und {\TeX}}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1994}, + volume = {1/94}, + pages = {54--55}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {6}, + annote = {#leserbrief#}, + keywords = {Leserbrief, OS/2}, +} + +@BOOK{bib:oxford, + title = {Oxford Advanced Learner's Dictionary}, + publisher = {Cornelsen}, + year = {1995}, + editor = {Jonathan Crowther and Kathryn Kavanagh and Michael Ashby}, + address = {Berlin}, + edition = {5}, + isbn = {3-464-11223-0}, + owner = {Christian Faulhammer}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.3:typograpf, + title = {Typograpf der Zeit -- Hans Peter Willberg ist tot}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {3/03}, + pages = {57--58}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#rezension#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk03.4:tex, + title = {{\TeX} Collection: Fehler und Updates}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2003}, + volume = {4/03}, + pages = {27--28}, + month = nov, + altnumber = {15}, + altvolume = {4}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.2::tex-raetsel, + title = {{\TeX}-R\"atsel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {2/00}, + pages = {35}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk00.3:tex-raetsel, + title = {{\TeX}-R{\"atsel}: Die L\"osung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {2000}, + volume = {3/00}, + pages = {54}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {12}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#bretter#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.1:redaktionsstatut, + title = {Redaktionsstatut}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {1/98}, + pages = {36--39}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk98.2:bericht, + title = {Bericht des {W}irtschaftpr{\"u}fers}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1998}, + volume = {2/98}, + pages = {12--25}, + month = sep, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {10}, + annote = {#hinterbuehne#}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.2:latex-raetsel, + title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {2/97}, + pages = {40}, + month = jul, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk97.3:latex-raetsel, + title = {{\LaTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel, {H}eft 2/97: {A}ufl{\"o}sung}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1997}, + volume = {3/97}, + pages = {25}, + month = oct, + altnumber = {3}, + altvolume = {9}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.1:ftp.shsu.edu, + title = {ftp.shsu.edu}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {1/96}, + pages = {24}, + month = jun, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#fremdebuehne#}, + key = {ftp.shsu.edu}, + keywords = {Humor, Satire}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk96.2:latex-raetsel, + title = {{\LaTeXTeX}-{R}{\"a}tsel}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1996}, + volume = {2/96}, + pages = {69}, + month = aug, + altnumber = {2}, + altvolume = {8}, + annote = {#beiprogramm#}, + key = {latex-raetsel}, + keywords = {Kreuzwortr{\"a}tsel}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk91.1:physikalisches-maerchen, + title = {Ein physikalisches {M}{\"a}rchen}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1991}, + volume = {1/91}, + pages = {32--33}, + month = may, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {3}, + annote = {#magazin#}, + key = {physikalisches maerchen}, +} + +@ARTICLE{dtk90.1:rotkaeppchen, + title = {Rotk{\"a}ppchen, wie der {I}nformatiker es seinen {K}indern erz{\"a}hlt}, + journal = dtk, + year = {1990}, + volume = {1/90}, + pages = {44--45}, + month = mar, + altnumber = {1}, + altvolume = {2}, + annote = {#magazin#}, + keywords = {Humor, Satire}, + optauthor = {N. N.}, +} + |